TW201249850A - Copper complex - Google Patents

Copper complex Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201249850A
TW201249850A TW101114086A TW101114086A TW201249850A TW 201249850 A TW201249850 A TW 201249850A TW 101114086 A TW101114086 A TW 101114086A TW 101114086 A TW101114086 A TW 101114086A TW 201249850 A TW201249850 A TW 201249850A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
atom
substituent
atoms
nitrogen
Prior art date
Application number
TW101114086A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Norifumi Kobayashi
Hideyuki Higashimura
Takashi Kaikoh
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Co filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Co
Publication of TW201249850A publication Critical patent/TW201249850A/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06—Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F1/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 1 or 11 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F1/08—Copper compounds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50—Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/5018—Cycloaliphatic phosphines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50—Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/5022—Aromatic phosphines (P-C aromatic linkage)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50—Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/5027—Polyphosphines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50—Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/5045—Complexes or chelates of phosphines with metallic compounds or metals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50—Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/53—Organo-phosphine oxides; Organo-phosphine thioxides
    • C07F9/5325—Aromatic phosphine oxides or thioxides (P-C aromatic linkage)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/28—Phosphorus compounds with one or more P—C bonds
    • C07F9/50—Organo-phosphines
    • C07F9/53—Organo-phosphine oxides; Organo-phosphine thioxides
    • C07F9/5329—Polyphosphine oxides or thioxides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/576—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/5765—Six-membered rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/576—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/58—Pyridine rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/576—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/60—Quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/576—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/62—Isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/645—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having two nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6503—Five-membered rings
    • C07F9/6506—Five-membered rings having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07F9/65068—Five-membered rings having the nitrogen atoms in positions 1 and 3 condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6527—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/653—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6527—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6533—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/65335—Six-membered rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6536—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having nitrogen and sulfur atoms with or without oxygen atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6539—Five-membered rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6536—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having nitrogen and sulfur atoms with or without oxygen atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6544—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/6547—Six-membered rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/655—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/65515—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the oxygen atom being part of a five-membered ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/655—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/65515—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the oxygen atom being part of a five-membered ring
    • C07F9/65517—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the oxygen atom being part of a five-membered ring condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/655—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6552—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the oxygen atom being part of a six-membered ring
    • C07F9/65522—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having oxygen atoms, with or without sulfur, selenium, or tellurium atoms, as the only ring hetero atoms the oxygen atom being part of a six-membered ring condensed with carbocyclic rings or carbocyclic ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6558—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system
    • C07F9/65586—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system at least one of the hetero rings does not contain nitrogen as ring hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6564—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6568—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms having phosphorus atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/65683—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms having phosphorus atoms as the only ring hetero atoms the ring phosphorus atom being part of a phosphine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/66—Arsenic compounds
    • C07F9/70—Organo-arsenic compounds
    • C07F9/74—Aromatic compounds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/66—Arsenic compounds
    • C07F9/70—Organo-arsenic compounds
    • C07F9/80—Heterocyclic compounds
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/30—Coordination compounds
    • H10K85/371—Metal complexes comprising a group IB metal element, e.g. comprising copper, gold or silver
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1003—Carbocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1007—Non-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018—Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1044—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/18—Metal complexes
    • C09K2211/188—Metal complexes of other metals not provided for in one of the previous groups
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00—Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/10—Triplet emission
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10—Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/111—Organic polymers or oligomers comprising aromatic, heteroaromatic, or aryl chains, e.g. polyaniline, polyphenylene or polyphenylene vinylene
    • H10K85/113—Heteroaromatic compounds comprising sulfur or selene, e.g. polythiophene
    • H10K85/1135—Polyethylene dioxythiophene [PEDOT]; Derivatives thereof

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a copper complex with superior brightness persistence than anyknown copper complex. The present invention provides a copper complex represented by composition formula (1): (Cu+)(L1)a(L2)b(L3)c(X1)d(L1 is a molecular containing 3 or 4 atoms selected from phosphorus atoms and nitrogen atoms of optionally substituted nitrogen atom-containing 5-member ring as neutral atoms capable of coordinating with the same Cu+, among the neutral atoms of L1 capable of coordinating with the same Cu+, two or more atoms are phosphorus atoms, and one or more of the atoms selected from the group consisting of the phosphorus atoms do not bond to sp3 carbon atom. L2 and L3 are molecules containing atoms or ions which are selected from phosphorus atoms, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, arsenic atoms, oxygen anion and sulfur anion, which are capable of coordinating with Cu+, X1 is an anion, a is a number more than 0.5, b, c and d are numbers equal to or more than 0.)

Description

201249850 六、發明說明： 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於一種銅錯合物。 【先前技術】 作為使用於有機電場發光元件（以下，稱為有機EL元 件。）等之發光材料’报有希望受到注目者係使用以銀錯合 物來作為絲之㈣金屬之縣發光錯合物。但是，銀元 素係即使疋在！自族金屬中，也是稀少而非常昂貴。因此， 有報告指出作為使用有利於成本面之便宜之金屬之錯合物 係使用單座或2座型之三芳基膦衍生物來作為配位基之銅 錯合物（專利文獻1、專利文獻2)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] 專利文獻1:日本特開2005-129499號公報 專利文獻2:日本特開2006-286749號公報 【發明内容】 (發明所欲解決之課題） 作為使用於有機EL元件等之發光材料，安定地進行 發光係為重要。但是，前述之銅錯合物之發光強度之持續 性並不充分。 於是，本發明之目的係提供一種發光強度之持續性比 起習知之銅錯合物優異之銅錯合物。 (用以解決課題之手段） 本發明第1係提供下列之銅錯合物。 324204 4 201249850 [i]: 一種以組成式（1)表示之銅錯合物。 (CuOa^aCL^bCL^cCX1^ ⑴ (在組成式中， L1係具有3個或4個選自由磷原子和可以具有取代基 之含氮原子5員環中之氮原子所組成群組之原子作為可以 配位於相同之Cu+之中性原子之分子（惟，含氮原子5員環 中之可以配位於相同之Cu+之氮原子之數目係含氮原子5 員環之數目。）’ L1具有之可以配位於相同之Cu+之中性原 子中2個以上之原子係磷原子，選自由該磷原子所組成 群、、且之ί個以上之磷原子，並未鍵結sp3碳原子。 L係具有選自由磷原子、氮原子、氧原子、硫原子、 申原子、氧陰離子及硫陰離子所組成群組之原子或離子作 為可以配位於CU+之原子或離子之分子虬2具有之可以配位 於Cu之原子及離子之總數係2個。 L3係具有選自由磷原子、氮原子、氧原子、硫原子、 砷原子、氧陰離子及硫陰離子所組成群組之原子或離子作 為可以配位於Cu+之原子或離子之分子。 X1係陰離子。 a係超過0.5之數。b、c及d係分別獨立地為〇 之數。 在存在複數個之L1之狀態下，各個^係可以互為 或相異。在存在複數個之L2之狀態下，各個l2係可以 相同或相異。在存在複數個之以狀態下，各個L3係可二 互為相同或相異。在存在複數個之X1之狀態下，各個χ1 324204 201249850 係可以互為相同或相異。） [2]:如[1]所記载之銅錯合物，在組成式（1)中，Ll係藉由 下列之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)或（Be)表示之分子。 Q1Aa-R\Q2Aa-R^QlAa (Ag) (式中， Q1Aa係咛⑺11^)2或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 5β員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。d氫原子或者是 可以具有取代基之碳原子數丨至50之烴基，各個r11A、S 可以互為相同或相異。各個Q1Aa係可以互為相同或相異。 Q係-⑽’'或者是由可以具有取代基之含敗原子 口員被化合物除去2個氫原子之基。Rma係氫原子或者是 可以具有取代基之碳原子數丨至5G之烴基 ground ο /選自由2個QO斤組成群組之2個以上之各基團 =含有彻、子，選自由該彻、子賴鱗組之i個以上之 铋原子並未鍵結sp3碳原子。 y原子數50以下之2價基或者是直接鍵。但 為直接鍵時，所鍵結之QlAa為由可以具有取代基之令 Q Aa子^員環化合物料1個氫原子之基，或者是所_ 個气Π具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去 氣原子之基。各個R2Aa係可以互為相同或相異。 :自由ma和由可以具有取代 子5員環化合物除去1舰2個氫料之麵組成群組 324204 6 201249850 2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。） Q1^ /Q1Ab (Ab) \R3Ab Q1Ab (式中，201249850 VI. Description of the Invention: TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to a copper complex. [Prior Art] As a light-emitting material used in an organic electric field light-emitting element (hereinafter referred to as an organic EL element), it has been reported that a person who is interested in using a silver complex as a metal of the (four) metal is misaligned. Things. However, the silver dollar system is even there! Among the family metals, they are also rare and very expensive. Therefore, it has been reported that a copper complex which uses a single- or 2-seat triarylphosphine derivative as a ligand as a complex using a metal which is advantageous in cost is used (Patent Document 1, Patent Literature) 2). [Prior Art] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. JP-A-2006-286749 (Patent Document 2) A light-emitting material such as a component is important for stable light emission. However, the persistence of the luminous intensity of the aforementioned copper complex is not sufficient. Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide a copper complex which is superior in luminescence intensity to the conventional copper complex. (Means for Solving the Problem) The first aspect of the present invention provides the following copper complex. 324204 4 201249850 [i]: A copper complex represented by the composition formula (1). (CuOa^aCL^bCL^cCX1^ (1) (In the composition formula, L1 has three or four atoms selected from the group consisting of a phosphorus atom and a nitrogen atom in a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent As a molecule that can be assigned to the same Cu+ neutral atom (however, the number of nitrogen atoms in the 5-membered ring containing nitrogen atoms that can be assigned to the same Cu+ is the number of 5-membered rings containing nitrogen atoms.) 'L1 has It is possible to arrange two or more atomic phosphorus atoms in the same Cu+ neutral atom, and select from the group consisting of the phosphorus atoms, and more than one of the phosphorus atoms, and not the sp3 carbon atom. An atom or ion selected from the group consisting of a phosphorus atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a deuterium atom, an oxyanion, and a sulfur anion is used as a molecule that can be assigned to an atom or ion of CU+. The total number of atoms and ions is 2. The L3 system has an atom or ion selected from the group consisting of a phosphorus atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an arsenic atom, an oxyanion, and a sulfur anion as an atom that can be coordinated to Cu+ or Ion molecule X1 is an anion. The a system is more than 0.5. The b, c, and d systems are each independently 〇. In the presence of a plurality of L1, each system can be mutually different or different. In the state of L2, each l2 system may be the same or different. In the presence of a plurality of L3 systems, each L3 system may be identical or different from each other. In the presence of a plurality of X1 states, each χ1 324204 201249850 It may be the same or different from each other.) [2]: The copper complex as described in [1], in the composition formula (1), L1 is represented by the following formula (Aa), (Ab), ( a molecule represented by Ba), (Bb) or (Be). Q1Aa-R\Q2Aa-R^QlAa (Ag) (wherein Q1Aa is 咛(7)11^) 2 or a nitrogen-containing atom 5β member which may have a substituent The ring compound removes a group of one hydrogen atom. The d hydrogen atom is a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 丨 to 50 which may have a substituent, and each of the r11A, S may be the same or different from each other. Each Q1Aa system may be the same or each other. The Q-(10)'' is a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed by a compound having a substituent, and the Rma is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having a carbon atom number of 丨 to 5G of a substituent ο / selected from two or more groups consisting of two groups of QO kg = containing a sigmoid, selected from the group of More than one atom of argon does not bond the sp3 carbon atom. The quaternary group with a y atom number of 50 or less is a direct bond, but when it is a direct bond, the bonded QlAa is a Q Aa subunit which can have a substituent. The ring member compound has a hydrogen atom group, or the nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound having a substituent has a substituent. Each R2Aa system can be identical or different from each other. : Free ma and a group consisting of a surface which can have a substituted 5-membered ring compound to remove 1 ship and 2 hydrogen materials. 324204 6 201249850 Two or more base systems can be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring. ) Q1^ /Q1Ab (Ab) \R3Ab Q1Ab (where,

QlAb係邛（1?11415)2或者是由可以具有取代基之含氣原子 5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。R"Ab係氫原子或者是 可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基，各個RnAb係 可以互為相同或相異。各個Q1Ab係可以互為相同或相異。 選自由3個Q1Ab所組成群組之2個以上之各基團係含 有磷原子，選自由該磷原子所組成群組之1個以上之鱗原 子並未鍵結Sp3碳原子。 R3Ab係碳原子數50以下之3價基。 選自由R11Ab、R和由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員 環化合物除去1個氫原子之基所組成群組之2個以上之基 係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。） (Ba) (式中， Q1Ba係邛（1^^)2或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。RUBaS氫原子或者是 可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基，各個81183係 可以互為相同或相異。各個Q1Ba係可以互為相同或相異。 Q2Ba係-P(R22Ba)_或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 324204 7 201249850 5員環化合物除去2個氫原子之基n氫原子或者是 可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基，各個”心係 可以互為相同或相異。各個Q2Ba係可以互為相同或相異。、 選自由2個Q叫和2個浐a所組成群組之2個以上之各 基團係含有麵、子，選自由該彻子所組成群組之i個以 上之碟原子並未鍵結sp3碳原子。 H彻子數5()町之2價基或者是直接鍵。但是， 為直接鍵時，所鍵結之QlBa為由可以具有取代基之含氮 原子5員環化合物除去丨個氫原子之基， 〜可以具有取代基之含氣原子5員環化合：二 個氫原子之基《各個係可以互為相同或相異。 選自由R_、R，、R2Ba和由可以具有取代基之含氮原 子5員環化合物除去1個或2個氫原子之基所組成群組之 2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。） (Bb) Q1Bb (式中， Q1Bb係邛^11811)2或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。R"Bb係氫原子或者是 可以具有取代基之破原子數1至50之烴基，各個RllBb係 可以互為相同或相異。各個Qm係可以互為相同或相異。 QZBb係_p(Rmb)_或者是由可以具有取代基之含氣原子 5員環化合物除去2個氫原子之基^ R2咖係氫原子或者是 324204 8 201249850 可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至之烴基，各個1^22仙係 可以互為相同或相異。 選自由3個Q1Bb和Q2Bb所組成群組之2個以上之各基團 係含有磷原子，選自由該填原子所組成群組之1個以上之 鱗原子並未鍵結sp3碳原子° R2Bb係碳原子數50以下之2價基或直接鍵。但是，fBb 為直接鍵時，所鍵結之Q1Bb為由可以具有取代基之含氮原 子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，或者是所鍵結之Q2Bb 為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去2個氫 原子之基。’ R3Bb係碳原子數50以下之3價基。 選自由R11Bb、R22Bb、R2Bb、R3Bb和由可以具有取代基之含 氮原子5員環化合物除去1個或2個氫原子之基所組成群 組之2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。） R2Bc Q，r2B^R^Q1BC (BC) (式中， Q1Bc係-P(R11Be)2或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。RnBe係氫原子或者是 5f以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基，各個RllBc係 町以互為相同或相異。各個Q〖Bc係可以互為相同或相異。 Q3Bc係填原子或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5 員環化合物除去3個氫原子之基。 324204 9 201249850 選自由3個”。和俨。所組成群組之2個以上之各基團 係含有磷原子，選自由該磷原子所組成群組之丨個以二之 填原子並未鍵結Sp3碳原子.。 R2Be係碳原子數50以下之2價基或者是直接鍵。但是， r2BC為直接鍵時，所鍵結之Q1Be為由可以具有取代基之含氮 原子5員環化合物除去丨個氫原子之基，或者是所鍵結之 Q3BC為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去3 個氫原子之基。各個R2B。係可以互為相同或相異。 選自由RUBc、r2Bc和由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員 琢化δ物除去1個或3個氣原子之基所組成群組之2個以 上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。） [3]:如[2]所記載之銅錯合物’選自由式（Aa)中之R2Aa、 式（Ba)中之C、式（肋）中之R2Bb和式（Be)中之r2Bc所組成 群組之1個以上之基，係分別獨立地成為直接鍵’或者是 藉由可以具有取代基之下列之式rl至ri2之任何一種表示 之2價基。 分份 『1 r2 ^ Γ4The QlAb is a ruthenium (1?11415) 2 or a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a gas atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. R"Ab is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and each RnAb system may be the same or different from each other. Each Q1Ab line can be identical or different from each other. Two or more groups selected from the group consisting of three Q1Abs contain a phosphorus atom, and one or more scaly atoms selected from the group consisting of the phosphorus atoms are not bonded to the Sp3 carbon atom. R3Ab is a trivalent group having 50 or less carbon atoms. Two or more groups selected from the group consisting of R11Ab and R and a group containing a hydrogen atom capable of having a substituent of a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring. (Ba) (wherein Q1Ba is 邛(1^^) 2 or a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a 5-membered ring compound having a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent. The RUBaS hydrogen atom may have a substituent. a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, each of which may be the same or different from each other. Each Q1Ba system may be the same or different from each other. Q2Ba is a -P(R22Ba)_ or a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent 324204 7 201249850 The 5-membered ring compound removes the hydrogen atom of the two hydrogen atoms or the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the respective "heart systems" may be the same or different from each other. Each Q2Ba system may mutually For the same or different, two or more groups selected from the group consisting of two Qs and two 浐a contain faces and sub-groups, and are selected from i or more groups consisting of the group. The atom of the dish is not bonded to the sp3 carbon atom. The number 2 of the H group is 5 or the direct bond. However, when it is a direct bond, the bonded QlBa is a nitrogen atom which can have a substituent. The ring member compound removes a group of one hydrogen atom, and the ring-containing gas atom can be cyclized with 5 members. : base of two hydrogen atoms "each line may be the same or different from each other. Free radicals of R_, R, R2Ba and a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent to remove one or two hydrogen atoms Two or more groups of the group formed may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring.) (Bb) Q1Bb (wherein Q1Bb is 邛^11811) 2 or a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent The compound is removed from the group of one hydrogen atom. The R"Bb is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having a number of broken atoms of 1 to 50 which may have a substituent, and each R11Bb system may be the same or different from each other. Each Qm system may be the same or QZBb is _p(Rmb)_ or a radical of 2 hydrogen atoms removed by a gas atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. R2 calorie hydrogen atom or 324204 8 201249850 carbon which may have a substituent The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 22 atoms may be the same or different from each other. Two or more groups selected from the group consisting of three Q1Bb and Q2Bb contain a phosphorus atom selected from the atom to be filled. One or more of the scale atoms in the group do not bind to the sp3 carbon atom. R2Bb a divalent group or a direct bond having a carbon number of 50 or less. However, when fBb is a direct bond, the bonded Q1Bb is a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a 5-membered ring compound having a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent, or The bonded Q2Bb is a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from a nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. 'R3Bb is a trivalent group having 50 or less carbon atoms. R11Bb, R22Bb, R2Bb, R3Bb and Two or more groups of groups in which one or two hydrogen atoms are removed by a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound having a substituent may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring. R2Bc Q, r2B^R^Q1BC (BC) (wherein Q1Bc is -P(R11Be) 2 or a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a nitrogen-containing five-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. RnBe-based hydrogen The atom is either a hydrocarbon group having 5 to 50 carbon atoms having a substituent, and each R11Bc is identical or different from each other. Each Q such as Bc may be the same or different from each other. Q3Bc is filled with atoms or is A nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound having a substituent may be substituted for three hydrogen atoms. 324204 9 201249850 Three free radicals are selected. The two or more groups of the group containing phosphorus atoms are selected. The two atoms of the group consisting of the phosphorus atoms are not bonded to the Sp3 carbon atom. The R2Be is a divalent group having a carbon number of 50 or less or a direct bond. However, when r2BC is a direct bond, The bonded Q1Be is a group which removes one hydrogen atom from a nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent, or the bonded Q3BC is removed by a nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. The base of a hydrogen atom. Each R2B can be the same or different from each other. Free RUBc Two or more groups of r2Bc and a group consisting of a group containing one or three gas atoms of a nitrogen-containing atom which may have a substituent may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring.) [3 ]: The copper complex compound as described in [2] is selected from the group consisting of R2Aa in the formula (Aa), C in the formula (Ba), R2Bb in the formula (rib), and r2Bc in the formula (Be). One or more groups of the group are each independently a direct bond ' or a divalent group represented by any one of the following formulas rl to ri2 which may have a substituent. Fraction "1 r2 ^ Γ4

324204 10 201249850 (在式:’ γ 係藉由 ~(C(R51)2)_-、-0-、-S-、-N(R5。）-、 價基 2 〇(C(R 丨）2)"™''或-〇(C(R5Wn-〇-表示之 2 價基。 y 係藉由-(c(R5i)2)nm_、_〇_、_s_或_Si(R51)2_表示之 2 _係1至3之整數。 紅R係可以具有取代基之碳原子數6至5〇之芳基，rS1 ，氣原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1 i 50之烴 土。各個R51係可以互為相同或相異。） [4] ^如[2]或[3]所記載之鋼錯合物，在式（Aa)中，R丨丨Aa •係分別獨立地為可以具有取代基之芳基。 W ·如[2]或[3]所記載之鋼錯合物，在式（Bc)中，r11Bc 係可以具有取代基之芳基。 ]如[1]至[5]中任—項所記載之銅錯合物，在組成式⑴ 中，X1係_化物離子。 [7] 如[1]至[6]中任一項所記载之銅錯合物，在組成式⑴ 中，a係1. 〇。 [8] 如[1]至[7]中任一項所記載之銅錯合物，在組成式⑴ 中，b係〇。 [9] 如[1]至[8]中任一項所記載之銅錯合物，在組成式⑴ 中，c係〇。 [10] ·如[1]至[9]巾任—項所記狀銅錯合物 ’在組成式 1): ’L係具有1個以上之可以具有取代基之含氮原子5 員％化合物中之氮原子作為可以配位於&之中性原子之 分子，該氮原子和Cu+之距離係2·4〇 A以下。 324204 201249850 本發明第2係提供下列之膜。 [11] . 一種犋，係包含前述[丨]至[10]中任一項所記載之銅 錯合物。 本發明第3係提供下列之發光元件。 [12] : —種發光元件，係包含前述[^至^川中任一 載之銅錯合物。 (發明之效果） 比起習知之銅錯合物，本發明之銅錯合物之發光強产 之持續性係更加之高。 又 【實施方式】. 以下將說明本發明。 二在本說明書，所謂「可以具有取代基」係包含：直接 記載於其後之化合物或構成基之A原子為無取代之狀態， 以及藉由取代基而取代氫原子之—部分或全部之狀態之兩 者。作為藉由取代基而取代之狀態之取代基係只要是無特· 別,說明的話’則列舉函素原子、碳原子數1至3G之烴基 及炭^原子數1至3〇之烴氧基，在這些當中，較佳為_素原 反原子數1至18之烴基及碳原子數1至18之烴氧基， 更佳為时原子、碳原子數1至12之烴基及碳原子數！ 至12之烴氧基，甚佳為齒素原子及碳原子數丨至12之烴 基’特佳為i素原子及碳原子數1至6之煙基。 在本說明書，Me係表示曱基，n_Bu係表示正丁基’ t-Bu係表示第三丁基，n_Hex係表示正己基，％係表示苯 基。 324204 12 201249850 在本說明書’在記載為丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚 基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十五烷基、 十八烷基、廿二烷基之狀態下，這些係可以是直鏈狀，.也 可以是支鏈構造’但是’較佳為直鏈狀。 本發明之銅錯合物係藉由前述之組成式（1)而表示。 作為可以配位於Cu+之磷原子，係列舉例如3價之磷 原子。 作為可以配位於Cu+之氮原子，係列舉例如可以具有 取代基之含氮原子雜環式化合物中之氮原子、由含氮原子 雜J哀式化合物除去1至3個氫原子之基中之氮原子、可以 具有取代基之二烷基胺基中之氮原子、可以具有取代基之 烧基芳基胺基中之氮原子、可以具有取代基之亞胺基中之 氮原子和硝基中之氮原子。 作為含氮原子5員環中之氮原子，係表示構成含氮原 子5員環之氮原子。所謂含氮原子5員環係表示在雜環中， 含有1個以上之氮原子之5員環。含氮原子5 員環係可以 是單環，並且，也可以是與其他環縮合之縮合環。 所谓含氮原子5員環化合物係表示包含成為雜環之含 氮原子5員環之含氮原子雜環式化合物。 ^本發明’含氮原子5員環巾之可以配位之氮原子數 係含氮原子5員環之數。舉例而言舉例而言，在1個含氮 原子5員環中包含1個可以配位之氮原子之狀態下，可以 配位之氮原子之數目料算為1個。另舉他例，在1個含 氮原子5員環中而包含2個可以配位之氮原子之狀態下， 324204 13 201249850 可以配位之氮原子之數目係計算為1個。此係因為由構形 構形和配位距離之觀點來看的話，位處於1個含氮原子5 員環中之複數個之氮原子，無配位於相同之Cu+之緣故。 此外，進一步例舉他例，在1個含有2個含氮原子之 5員環之分子中，在各個5員環各包含1個可以配位之氮 原子之狀態下，可以配位之氮原子之數目係計算為2個。 作為可以配位之氧原子係列舉例如鍵結有氩原子之 氧原子以及鍵結有第15族元素之氧原子。 作為可以配位之硫原子係列舉例如鍵結有氫原子之 硫原子、烷基毓基中之硫原子以及鍵結有第15族元素之硫 原子。 作為可以配位之砷原子係列舉例如3價之砷原子。 作為氧陰離子係列舉例如0_。 作為硫陰離子係列舉例如S—。 在組成式（1)中，L1係具有3個或4個選自由磷原子和 可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環中之氮原子所組成群組 之原子作為可以配位於相同之Cu+之中性原子之分子（惟， 可以配位於含氮原子5員環中之相同之Cu+之氮原子之數 目係成為含氮原子5員環之數目。）。在可以配位於L1具 有之相同之Cu+之中性原子中，2個以上之原子係填原子， 選自由該磷原子所組成群組之1個以上之磷原子，並未鍵 結sp3碳原子。此外，L1係較佳為中性分子。 L1具有之可以配位之中性原子係可以配位於相同之 Cu+。也就是說，位處於L1之1分子中且可以配位於Cu+之 324204 14 201249850 3個或4個中性原子係皆可以配位於相同之仁+ 、 個之原子可以配位於相同…條件係列舉：= 位之原子間係接近。& L丨具有之可以配位 之中性原子中’任意地選擇之2個中性原子間之= 在選擇任何-種中性原子之狀態下’皆因構形而為6“: 下、較佳為5 A以下。中性原子間之距離係能夠以密度泛 函數法’可就銅錯合物之初期構造而藉由進行 ^ 化計算之方法來求出。舉例而言，作為泛函數 B3LYP’作為基底函數係使用銅原子，並且，在鹵素原子， 使用l_dz，在其他之原子，使用6_31G(d)。作為計算 程式係使用 Gaussian03(Gaussian inc.製）。 作為L1具有之可以配位於相同之Cu+之中性原子係具 有3個或4個選自由構原子和含氮原子5員環中之氮原子 所組成群組之原子（惟，含氮原子5員環中之可以配位於相 同之^之氮原子之數目係含氮原子5員環之數目。）之分 子’在L具有之可以配位於相同之Cu+之中性原子中，2 個以上之原子係磷原子。也就是說，L1係具有2個以上之 鱗原子’來作為可以配位於相同之Cu+之中性原子，並且， 具有1個或2個選自由磷原子和含氮原子5員環中之氮原 子所組成群組之原子。L1係具有合計3個或4個可以配位 於相同之Cu+<中性原子。作為該含氮原子5員環之例子 係歹丨舉味唾、呀η坐、卩萼嗅、嘆唾、曙二吐、嗔二嗤和σ丫二 唑，較佳為咪唑、噚唑戒曙二唑，更佳為咪唑。 作為L1具有之可以配位於相同之Cu+之中性原子之組 324204 15 201249850 合係較佳為列舉磷原子4個、磷原子3個、磷原子2個和 氮原子1個、以及磷原子2個和氮原子2個，更佳為列舉 磷原子4個、磷原子3個、磷原子2個和氮原子丨個、以 及磷原子2個和氮原子2個，甚佳為列舉磷原子4個、磷 原子3個、以及磷原子2個和氮原子1個。 在選自由L1具有之可以配位於相同之Cu+之磷原子所 組成群組之1個以上之磷原子，並未鍵結sp3碳原子。為 提尚對於銅錯合物之氧化之安定性，較佳為在^具有之可 以配位，相同之C u+之磷原子之全部未鍵結s p 3碳原子。未 鍵結sp3碳原子之磷原子係較佳為鍵結3個邓2碳原子之磷 原子。 在組成式（1)所表示之銅錯合物，！；係較佳為配位於 Cu，可以配位於Cu+而作為單座配位基，也可以配位於 而作為二座配位基，也可以配位於Cu+而作為三座以上之 -位基但疋，更佳為配位於Cu+而作為二座以上之配位 基，甚佳為配位於Cu+而作為三座以上之配位基。 L之碳原子數係通常為12至300，較佳為22至250， 更佳為25至200 ’甚佳為28至150，特佳為30至125。 作為L1之例子係列舉下列之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb) 和（Be)所表示之分子。在這些當中，較佳為式（Aa)、（β3) 和（Be)所表示之分子，更佳為式（Aa)和（bc)所表示之分 子，甚佳為式（Aa)所表示之分子。 324204 201249850324204 10 201249850 (in the formula: 'γ is by ~(C(R51)2)_-, -0-, -S-, -N(R5.)-, valence 2 〇(C(R 丨)2 )"TM'' or -〇(C(R5Wn-〇- indicates the 2 valence. y is based on -(c(R5i)2) nm_, _〇_, _s_ or _Si(R51)2_ 2 _ is an integer from 1 to 3. Red R is an aryl group having 6 to 5 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, rS1, a gas atom or a hydrocarbon having a carbon number of 1 i 50 which may have a substituent Each R51 system may be the same or different from each other.) [4] ^The steel complex described in [2] or [3], in the formula (Aa), the R丨丨Aa • system is independently An aryl group which may have a substituent. W. The steel complex according to [2] or [3], wherein, in the formula (Bc), r11Bc is an aryl group which may have a substituent.] [1] to [ (5) The copper complex according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the copper complex according to any one of [1] to [6], In the composition formula (1), a is 1. 〇. [8] The copper complex according to any one of [1] to [7], in the composition formula (1), b is 〇. [9] as [ The copper complex compound according to any one of [1] to [8] In the composition formula (1), the c system is 〇. [10] · As in [1] to [9] towel-type copper complex compound 'in composition formula 1): 'L system has one or more The nitrogen atom in the compound containing 5 % of the nitrogen atom having a substituent is a molecule which can be coordinated to a neutral atom, and the distance between the nitrogen atom and Cu + is not more than 2·4 A. 324204 201249850 2nd line of the present invention The following film is provided. [11] A copper complex according to any one of the above [A] to [10]. The third aspect of the present invention provides the following light-emitting element. [12] : The light-emitting element includes the copper complex compound of any of the above [^ to ^chuan. (Effect of the invention) The persistence of the luminescence yield of the copper complex of the present invention is higher than that of the conventional copper complex. Further, the present invention will be described below. In the present specification, the term "may have a substituent" includes a state in which the A atom directly described in the compound or the constituent group is unsubstituted. And replacing both the partial or all of the hydrogen atom by a substituent. The substituents in the substituted state are as long as they are unspecified, and the description includes a functional atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and a hydrocarbonoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. It is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 anti-atoms and a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom of 1 to 12 carbon atoms and a carbon number! The alkoxy group to 12, more preferably a dentate atom and a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of from 12 to 12, is particularly preferably an imine atom and a nicotine group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In the present specification, Me means a fluorenyl group, n-Bu means that n-butyl 't-Bu means a third butyl group, n_Hex means an n-hexyl group, and % means a phenyl group. 324204 12 201249850 In the present specification 'disclosed as propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, pentadecyl, octadecyl In the state of an alkyl group or a perylene dialkyl group, these lines may be linear, or may be a branched structure 'but' is preferably linear. The copper complex of the present invention is represented by the above composition formula (1). As a phosphorus atom which can be coordinated to Cu+, for example, a trivalent phosphorus atom is mentioned. As a nitrogen atom which can be coordinated to Cu+, for example, a nitrogen atom in a heterocyclic compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent, and a nitrogen in a group containing 1 to 3 hydrogen atoms from a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound An atom, a nitrogen atom in a dialkylamine group which may have a substituent, a nitrogen atom in the alkylarylamine group which may have a substituent, a nitrogen atom in the imine group which may have a substituent, and a nitro group Nitrogen atom. The nitrogen atom in the 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom is a nitrogen atom constituting a 5-membered ring of a nitrogen-containing atom. The 5-membered ring system containing a nitrogen atom means a 5-membered ring containing one or more nitrogen atoms in the hetero ring. The 5-membered ring system containing a nitrogen atom may be a single ring, and may also be a condensed ring condensed with other rings. The 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom means a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound containing a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom as a hetero ring. The number of nitrogen atoms which can be coordinated in the nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring towel of the present invention is the number of 5-membered rings containing a nitrogen atom. For example, in the state in which one nitrogen atom capable of coordination is contained in a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom, the number of nitrogen atoms which can be coordinated is counted as one. In another example, in a state in which a nitrogen atom containing 5 nitrogen atoms contains two nitrogen atoms which can be coordinated, the number of nitrogen atoms which can be coordinated by 324204 13 201249850 is calculated as one. This is because, in view of the configuration and the coordination distance, a plurality of nitrogen atoms in a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom are not assigned to the same Cu+. Further, as another example, in a molecule containing a 5-membered ring containing two nitrogen atoms, a nitrogen atom which can be coordinated in a state in which each of the 5-membered rings each contains a nitrogen atom which can be coordinated The number is calculated as two. As the series of oxygen atoms which can be coordinated, for example, an oxygen atom to which an argon atom is bonded and an oxygen atom to which a group 15 element is bonded are bonded. As the series of sulfur atoms which can be coordinated, for example, a sulfur atom to which a hydrogen atom is bonded, a sulfur atom in an alkylsulfonyl group, and a sulfur atom to which a Group 15 element is bonded are bonded. As a series of arsenic atoms which can be coordinated, for example, a trivalent arsenic atom is used. As the oxygen anion series, for example, 0_ is mentioned. As the sulfur anion series, for example, S-. In the composition formula (1), the L1 group has 3 or 4 atoms selected from the group consisting of a phosphorus atom and a nitrogen atom in a 5-membered ring of a nitrogen-containing atom which may have a substituent, and may be coordinated to the same Cu+. A molecule of a neutral atom (however, the number of nitrogen atoms that can be assigned to the same Cu+ in a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom is the number of a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom.). In the Cu+ neutral atom which can be assigned to the same Cu+ group, two or more atomic atoms are filled in the atom, and one or more phosphorus atoms in the group consisting of the phosphorus atoms are selected, and the sp3 carbon atom is not bonded. Further, the L1 system is preferably a neutral molecule. L1 has a coordinating neutral atomic system that can be assigned to the same Cu+. That is to say, the position is in the molecule of L1 and can be assigned to Cu+ 324204 14 201249850 Three or four neutral atomic systems can be assigned to the same kernel +, and the atoms can be assigned to the same... Condition series: = The atomic position of the bit is close. & L丨 has a neutral atom between the two neutral atoms that can be coordinated in the neutral atom = in the state of selecting any neutral atom, the result is 6": Preferably, it is 5 A or less. The distance between neutral atoms can be determined by a density-general function method for calculating the initial structure of the copper complex by performing a calculation. For example, as a pan The function B3LYP' uses a copper atom as a basis function, and uses l_dz for a halogen atom and 6_31G(d) for other atoms. Gaussian03 (manufactured by Gaussian Inc.) is used as a calculation program. The Cu+ neutral atom system having the same Cu+ has three or four atoms selected from the group consisting of a constituent atom and a nitrogen atom in a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom (only a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom may be used. The number of nitrogen atoms located at the same number is the number of 5-membered rings containing nitrogen atoms.) The molecule 'in L can be assigned to the same Cu+ neutral atom, and more than two atomic system phosphorus atoms. Said that the L1 series has more than two scale atoms' as An atom having a group of the same Cu+ neutral atom and having one or two nitrogen atoms selected from a phosphorus atom and a nitrogen atom in a 5-membered ring containing a nitrogen atom. The L1 system has a total of three or four It can be assigned to the same Cu+<neutral atom. As an example of the nitrogen-containing atomic ring, it is a kind of scent, saliva, scent, sigh, sigh, sputum, sputum and sigma. The oxadiazole is preferably imidazole, oxazole or oxadiazole, more preferably imidazole. As the group of L1 having the same Cu+ neutral atom, 324204 15 201249850 is preferably a combination of 4 phosphorus atoms. Three phosphorus atoms, two phosphorus atoms and one nitrogen atom, two phosphorus atoms and two nitrogen atoms, more preferably four phosphorus atoms, three phosphorus atoms, two phosphorus atoms and one nitrogen atom. And two phosphorus atoms and two nitrogen atoms, and it is preferable to cite four phosphorus atoms, three phosphorus atoms, two phosphorus atoms, and one nitrogen atom. It is selected from the group consisting of L1 which can be assigned to the same Cu+. One or more phosphorus atoms in a group consisting of phosphorus atoms do not bond sp3 carbon atoms. The stability of the formation is preferably such that it has a coordination, and all of the phosphorus atoms of the same C u+ are not bonded to the sp 3 carbon atom. The phosphorus atom of the unbonded sp 3 carbon atom is preferably a bond of 3 Phosphorus atom of Deng 2 carbon atom. The copper complex represented by formula (1), is preferably located in Cu, and can be coordinated to Cu+ as a single-site ligand, or can be coordinated The two ligands may also be located in Cu+ as the three or more sites, but more preferably in the Cu+ as the ligand of two or more, and more preferably in the Cu+ as the three or more The number of carbon atoms of L is usually from 12 to 300, preferably from 22 to 250, more preferably from 25 to 200', very preferably from 28 to 150, and particularly preferably from 30 to 125. As a series of examples of L1, the molecules represented by the following formulas (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be) are exemplified. Among these, preferred are the molecules represented by the formulae (Aa), (β3) and (Be), more preferably the molecules represented by the formulae (Aa) and (bc), and more preferably represented by the formula (Aa). molecule. 324204 201249850

QlAa-R\Q2A.^R\Q1Aa (Αβ) Q，Ab (Ab)QlAa-R\Q2A.^R\Q1Aa (Αβ) Q,Ab (Ab)

Q1B.^V^tf^R-QlB. ^〇1BC ㈣ -(Bb) 在式（Aa)中，（T係-P(R，2或者是由可以具有取代 基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。^旧係 氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數丨至5G之烴基， 各個R係可以互為相同或相異。各個QlAa係可以互為相 同或相異。 或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 5員環化合物除去2個氫原子之基。Rma係氫原子或者是 可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基。 在式（Aa)所表示之分子’銅錯合物之發光強度之持續 性係更加優異，因此，R11Aa& R22A、^、較佳為分別獨立地成 為可以具有取代基之芳基。 選自由2個卩…和Q2Aa所組成群組之2個以上之各基團 係含有磷原子，選自由該磷原子所組成群組之1個以上之 填原子係並未鍵結sp3碳原子。 R2Aa係碳原子數50以下之2價基或者是直接鍵。但是， R2Aa為直接鍵時，所鍵結之Q1Aa為由可以具有取代基之含氣 原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基或者是所鍵結之yAa 為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去2個氣 原子之基。各個R2Aa係可以互為相同或相異。 324204 17 201249850 選自由RnAa、R22Aa、R2Aa*由可以具有取代基之含氮原 子5員環化合物除去1個或2個氫原子之基所組成群組之 2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。 在式（Ab)中，Q1AbS-P(RnAb)2或者是由可以具有取代 基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。R"Ab係 氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至5〇之烴基， 各個Rmb係可以互為相同或相異。各個Q1Ab係可以互為相 同或相異。 選自由3個Q1Ab所組成群組之2個以上之各基團係含 有磷原子，選自由該鱗原子所組成群組之1個以上之墙原 子，並未鍵結sp3碳原子。 R3Ab係碳原子數50以下之3價基。 選自由R11Ab、R3Ab和由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員 環化合物除去1個氫原子之基所組成群組之2個以上之基 係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。 在式（Ba)中，（TMf'-PW)2或者是由可以具有取代 基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。^此係 氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數丨至5〇之烴基， 各個广係可以互為相同或相異。各個可以互為相 同或相異。 Q Ba係〜P(R22Ba)-或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 5員環化合物除去2個氫原子之基H氫原子或者是 可以具有取代基之碳原子數！至5q之烴基，各個广係 可以互為相同或相異。各個Q2Ba係可以互為相同或相異。 324204 18 201249850 由2個Q1Ba* 2個Q2Ba選自由@所組成群組之2個以上 之各基團係含有磷原子，選自由該磷原子所組成群組之j 個以上之磷原子，並未鍵結sp3碳原子。 R2Ba係碳原子數50以下之2價基或者是直接鍵。但是， R2Ba為直接鍵時，所鍵結之Q1Ba為由可以具有取代基之含氮 原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基或者是所鍵結之Q2Ba 為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去2個氣 原子之基。各個R2Ba係可以互為相同或相異。 選自由R11Ba、R22Ba、R2Ba*可以由具有取代基之含氮原 子5員環化合物除去1個或2個氫原子之基所組成群組之 2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。 在式（Bb)中，Q1Bb係-?…1，2或者是由可以具有取代 基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。Rl lBb係、 氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至5〇之烴基， 各個R11BNf、可以互為相同或相異。各個係可以互為相 同或相異❶ *''' Q2Bb係泞（1?2281))-或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 5員環化合物除去2個氫原子之基。Rmb係氫原子或者是 可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至5〇之烴基，各個^撕係 可以互為相同或相異。 選自由3個0哪和Q2Bb所組成群組之2個以上之各基團 係含有磷原子，選自由該磷原子所組成群組之丨個以上之 磷原子係並未鍵結sp3碳原子。 R2Bb係碳原子數50以下之2價基或直接鍵。但是，尺⑽ 324204 19 201249850 為直接鍵時，所鍵結之Q1Bb為由可以具有取代基之含氮原 子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基或者是所鍵結之Qm 為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去2個氫 原子之基。 R3Bb係碳原子數50以下之3價基。 選自由R 、Rmb、R2Bb、R3Bb和由可以具有取代基之含 氮原子5員環化合物除去1個或2個氫原子之基所組成群 组之2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。 在式（Be)中，Q1Bc係-卩⑺1…）2或者是由可以具有取代 基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基。r11Bc係 氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數丨至5〇之烴基， 各個R11BMS可以互為相同或相異。各個q1Bc係可以互為相 同或相異。 在式（Be)所表不之分子，銅錯合物之發光強度之持續 性係更加優異，因此，1^118<:係較佳為可以具有取代基之芳 基。 q3Bc係由填原子或者是可以具有取代基之含氣原子5 員環化合物除去3個氫原子之基。 選自由3個Q、Q3BC所組成群組之2個以上之各基團 係含有磷原子，選自由該磷原子所組成群組之丨個以上之 基，並未鍵結sp3碳原子。 广係碳原子數50以τ之2價基或者是直接鍵。但是， R2Bc為直^鍵時，所鍵結之^為由可以具有取代基之含氮 原子5㈣化合物除去丨個氫原子之基或者是所鍵結之q3Bc 324204 20 201249850 為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去3個氫 原子之基。各個R2Be係可以互為相同或相異。 選自由R1IBe、R2Be和可以由具有取代基之含氮原子5員 環化合物除去1個或3個氫原子之基所組成群組之2個以 上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。 前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)和（Be)所表示之分 子係具有2個以上可以配位於相同之Cu+之之磷原子。在 該磷原子中，1個以上之磷原子係並未鍵結sp3碳原子。更 加地提高對於銅錯合物之氧化之安定性，因此，較佳為在 L1具有之全部磷原子’並未鍵結sp3碳原子。未鍵結Sj)3 碳原子之_原子係較佳為鍵結3個sp2碳原子之磷原子。 在前述之式（Aa)及（Ab)所表示之分子，可以配位之原 子之組合係較佳為碟原子3個或者是磷原子2個和氮原子 1個，更佳為磷原子3個。 前述之式（Ba)、（Bb)和（Be)所表示之分子，可以配位 之原子之組合係較佳為磷原子4個或者是磷原子2個和氮 原子2個，更佳為鱗原子4個。 在前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)和（Be)所表示之 分子中之由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去 1個氫原子之基之例子係列舉由含氮原子5員環化合物中 之具有1個以上之氫原子之化合物之構造（較佳為由構成 環之碳原子）除去1個氫原子之基。作為含氮原子5員環化 合物之例子係列舉咪唑、吡唑、噚唑、噻唑、噚二唑、噻 二唑和吖二唑，較佳為咪唑、噚唑或哼二唑，更佳為咪唑。 324204 21 201249850 作為由前述之可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合 物除去1個氫原子之基而可以具有之取代基係列舉例如齒 素原子、藉由鹵素原子而取代之碳原子數1至50之烴基、 碳原子數1至5〇之烴基、碳原子數1至24之烴氧基和碳 原子數12至24之二芳基胺基。 在這些當中，較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、蛾原 子、三氟曱基、三氯甲基、甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、 丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬 基、癸基、十二基、十八烷基、廿二烷基、環戊基、環己 基、環辛基、環十二基、降莰烯基、金鋼烷基、乙烯基、 丙烯基、3-丁烯基、2-丁烯基、2-戊烯基、苯基、卜萘基、 2-萘基、2-甲基苯基、3-曱基苯基、4-曱基苯基、2-甲氧 基笨基、3-曱氧基苯基、4-曱氧基苯基、4一乙基苯基、私 丙基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、4-己基苯基、4-環己基苯基、 4-金鋼烧基笨基、2-苯基苯基、9-第基、笨基甲基、1一笨 基乙基、2-笨基乙基、曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧 基、丁氧基、第三丁氧基、己氧基、苯氧基、二苯基胺基、 雙（2-甲基苯基）胺基、雙（3-甲基苯基）胺基、雙（4_甲基苯 基）胺基、雙（4-第三丁基苯基）胺基、二萘基胺基， 更佳為氟原子、氣原子、溴原子、三氟甲基、〒基、 乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、第三丁基、己基、辛基、十 二基、十八烷基、環己基、金鋼烷基、乙烯基、苯基、2-甲基苯基、2-曱氧基苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、4-第三丁基苯 基、2-苯基苯基、9-苐基、苯基曱基、1一苯基乙基、曱氧 324204 22 201249850 基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氣基 胺基、雙（2-甲基苯基）胺基、$ 甲基苯基）胺基以及雙（4_第= 第二丁基苯基）胺基， 、'/臭原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、 已基、乙烯基、苯基曱基、甲 己氧基以及笨氧基Q1B.^V^tf^R-QlB. ^〇1BC (4) -(Bb) In the formula (Aa), (T-P-R (2, or a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent) The base of one hydrogen atom is removed. The old hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 丨 to 5G which may have a substituent may be the same or different from each other. Each QlAa system may be the same or different from each other. Or a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed by a nitrogen-containing atom-membered 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. The Rma-based hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent may be used in the formula (Aa). The luminescence intensity of the molecule "copper complex" is more excellent. Therefore, R11Aa& R22A, ^ is preferably independently an aryl group which may have a substituent. 2 卩... and Q2Aa Each of the two or more groups in the group contains a phosphorus atom, and one or more of the atom-filled groups selected from the group consisting of the phosphorus atoms are not bonded to the sp3 carbon atom. The R2Aa is a carbon atom of 50 or less. The valence group is either a direct bond. However, when R2Aa is a direct bond, the bonded Q1Aa can be substituted. The gas-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound removes one hydrogen atom group or the bonded yAa is a group in which two gas atoms are removed from a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. Each R2Aa system may mutually 324204 17 201249850 2 or more groups in which RnAa, R22Aa, and R2Aa* are grouped by a group containing one or two hydrogen atoms of a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound having a substituent. The ring may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring. In the formula (Ab), Q1AbS-P(RnAb) 2 is a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent. R"Ab A hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and each Rmb system may be the same or different from each other. Each Q1Ab system may be identical or different from each other. 3 groups of Q1Abs are selected. Each of the two or more groups of the group contains a phosphorus atom, and is selected from one or more wall atoms composed of the group of the scale atoms, and does not bond the sp3 carbon atom. The R3Ab is a trivalent group having 50 or less carbon atoms. Selecting R11Ab, R3Ab, and nitrogen containing substituents The two or more groups in which the group of the 5-membered ring compound is removed by one hydrogen atom group may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring. In the formula (Ba), (TMf'-PW) 2 or The 5-membered ring compound having a nitrogen atom having a substituent removes a group of one hydrogen atom. This is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 丨 to 5 可以 which may have a substituent, and each of the broad systems may be the same or each other. Each may be the same or different from each other. Q Ba system ~P(R22Ba)- or a hydrogen atom containing a hydrogen atom of a 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent may have a hydrogen atom or may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms! To the hydrocarbon group of 5q, each broad system may be the same or different from each other. Each Q2Ba system can be identical or different from each other. 324204 18 201249850 Two or more groups selected from the group consisting of two Q1Ba* and two Q2Ba groups consisting of @ contain phosphorus atoms, and are selected from j or more phosphorus atoms composed of the phosphorus atoms, and are not Bonding sp3 carbon atoms. R2Ba is a divalent group having 50 or less carbon atoms or a direct bond. However, when R2Ba is a direct bond, the bonded Q1Ba is a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent, or the bonded Q2Ba is a nitrogen group which may have a substituent. The atomic 5-membered ring compound removes the base of two gas atoms. Each R2Ba system may be the same or different from each other. Two or more groups in which R11Ba, R22Ba, and R2Ba* can be grouped by a group having one or two hydrogen atoms removed from a nitrogen-containing five-membered ring compound having a substituent can be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring. . In the formula (Bb), Q1Bb is -?...1, 2 or a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent. Rl lBb is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and each of R11BNf may be the same or different from each other. Each of the lines may be the same or different from each other *''' Q2Bb system 1(1?2281))- or a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from a nitrogen-containing atom-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. The Rmb is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and each of the tearing systems may be the same or different from each other. Two or more groups selected from the group consisting of three 0 and Q2Bb contain a phosphorus atom, and one or more phosphorus atoms selected from the group consisting of the phosphorus atoms do not bond the sp3 carbon atom. R2Bb is a divalent group or a direct bond having 50 or less carbon atoms. However, when the ruler (10) 324204 19 201249850 is a direct bond, the bonded Q1Bb is a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a nitrogen-containing atom 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent or the bonded Qm may be substituted. The nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound removes the base of two hydrogen atoms. R3Bb is a trivalent group having 50 or less carbon atoms. Two or more groups selected from the group consisting of R, Rmb, R2Bb, R3Bb and a group having a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent to remove one or two hydrogen atoms may be arbitrarily bonded. Form a ring. In the formula (Be), Q1Bc is -(7)1...)2 or a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent. The r11Bc is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 丨 to 5〇 which may have a substituent, and each of the R11BMSs may be the same or different from each other. Each q1Bc system can be the same or different from each other. In the molecule represented by the formula (Be), the luminescence intensity of the copper complex is more excellent in persistence. Therefore, the aryl group which may have a substituent is preferable. The q3Bc group is a group in which three hydrogen atoms are removed by a hole-filling atom or a gas atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. Each of the two or more groups selected from the group consisting of three Q and Q3BC contains a phosphorus atom selected from the group consisting of more than one group of the phosphorus atoms, and does not bond the sp3 carbon atom. The broad carbon number of 50 is a valence of τ or a direct bond. However, when R2Bc is a straight bond, the bond is a group containing a nitrogen atom 5 (tetra) which may have a substituent to remove a hydrogen atom or a bonded q3Bc 324204 20 201249850 may have a substituent The 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom removes the group of 3 hydrogen atoms. Each R2Be system can be identical or different from each other. Two or more groups in which R1IBe, R2Be, and a group in which one or three hydrogen atoms are removed by a 5-membered ring compound having a nitrogen atom having a substituent are optionally bonded to each other to form a ring. The molecular system represented by the above formulas (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be) has two or more phosphorus atoms which can be coordinated to the same Cu+. In the phosphorus atom, one or more phosphorus atoms are not bonded to the sp3 carbon atom. Further, the oxidation stability of the copper complex is further improved. Therefore, it is preferred that all of the phosphorus atoms in the L1 do not bond the sp3 carbon atom. The unbonded Sj)3 carbon atom atom is preferably a phosphorus atom bonded to three sp2 carbon atoms. In the above-mentioned formulas (Aa) and (Ab), the combination of atoms which can be coordinated is preferably three disc atoms or two phosphorus atoms and one nitrogen atom, and more preferably three phosphorus atoms. . The combination of the molecules represented by the above formulae (Ba), (Bb) and (Be), which may be coordinated, is preferably four phosphorus atoms or two phosphorus atoms and two nitrogen atoms, more preferably a scale. 4 atoms. In the molecule represented by the above formulas (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be), a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent is removed from the group of one hydrogen atom. The series of examples is a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a structure of a compound having one or more hydrogen atoms in a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom, preferably a carbon atom constituting the ring. Examples of the 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom include imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole and oxadiazole, preferably imidazole, oxazole or oxadiazole, more preferably imidazole. . 324204 21 201249850 As a group of a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent which may have a substituent, a substituent of a hydrogen atom may be substituted, for example, a dentin atom, and a carbon atom substituted by a halogen atom. a hydrocarbon group of up to 50, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydrocarbyloxy group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and a diarylamino group having 12 to 24 carbon atoms. Among these, preferred are a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a moth atom, a trifluoromethyl group, a trichloromethyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, and the like. Tributyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, decyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, cyclododeyl , decylene, gold alkyl, vinyl, propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-methylbenzene , 3-mercaptophenyl, 4-nonylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, propyl Phenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-golden alkyl, 2-phenylphenyl, 9-yl, strepylmethyl , 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, decyloxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, hexyloxy, phenoxy, Diphenylamino, bis(2-methylphenyl)amino, bis(3-methylphenyl)amine, bis(4-methylphenyl)amine, double (4-Terbutylphenyl)amino, dinaphthylamino, more preferably fluorine atom, gas atom, bromine atom, trifluoromethyl, decyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl Base, tert-butyl, hexyl, octyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, cyclohexyl, gold alkyl, vinyl, phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-decyloxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 2-phenylphenyl, 9-fluorenyl, phenylfluorenyl, 1-phenylethyl, oxime 324204 22 201249850 base, ethoxylate a base, a propoxy group, a butylated amino group, a bis(2-methylphenyl)amino group, a methylphenyl)amino group, and a bis(4_第=2nd butylphenyl)amine group, '/odorous atom, methyl, ethyl, propyl, hexyl, vinyl, phenyl fluorenyl, methyl hexyloxy and phenyloxy

甚佳為氟原子、氯原子、 異丙基、丁基、第三丁基、F 氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基、 特佳為氟原子、氣原子、 基以及苯氧基。 ^、己氧基、苯氧基、二苯基 雙（3-甲基苯基）胺基、雙（4-甲基、丁基、曱氧基、丁氧More preferably, it is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a F-oxy group, an ethoxy group, a butoxy group, a fluorine atom, a gas atom, a group, and a phenoxy group. ^, hexyloxy, phenoxy, diphenyl bis(3-methylphenyl)amine, bis(4-methyl, butyl, decyloxy, butoxy

于b員環化合物所可以具有 至4個’更佳為〇至3個， 甚佳為〇至2個，特佳為1至2個。 可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物所可以具有 之該取代基間係能夠進行縮合而形成環構造。例如咪唑之 4’5-位，可以鍵結乙烯基，該乙烯基彼此縮合而形成環（較 佳為苯環）。 以下’顯示前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)和（Be) 所表示之分子中之可以具有取代基之烴基之烴基之例子。 曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁 基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基、 十二基、十五烷基、十八烷基、廿二烷基等之碳原子數1 至50之烷基； 環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環壬基、環十二 基、降莰烯基、金鋼烷基等之碳原子數3至50之環狀飽和 烴基； 324204 23 201249850 乙烯基、丙稀基、3-丁烯基、2-丁稀基、2-戍烯基、 2-己烯基、2-壬烯基、2-十二碳烯基等之碳原子數2至50 之鍵烯基； 苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、2-曱基苯基、3-曱基苯基、 4-曱基苯基、2, 4, 6-三曱基苯基、2-異丙基苯基、4-乙基 苯基、4-丙基苯基、4-異丙基苯基、4-丁基苯基、4-第三 丁基苯基、4-己基苯基、4-(2-乙基己基）苯基、4-環己基 苯基、4-金鋼烷基苯基、4-苯基苯基、9-苐基等之碳原子 數6至50之芳基； 苯基曱基、1-苯基乙基、2-苯基乙基、1-苯基-1-丙 基、1_苯基_2-丙基、2_苯基_2-丙基、3-苯基-1_丙基、4-苯基-1-丁基、5-苯基-1-戊基、6-苯基-1-己基等之碳原子 數7至50之芳烷基。 就各個事例而無特別記載之狀態下，前述之烴基係較 佳為曱基、第三丁基、己基、十二基、環己基、苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、2-曱基苯基、3-曱基苯基、4-曱基苯基、 2, 4, 6-三曱基苯基、2-異丙基苯基、4-乙基苯基、4-丙基 苯基、4_異丙基苯基、4_丁基苯基、4_第三丁基苯基、4_ 己基苯基、4-(2-乙基己基）苯基、4-環己基苯基、4-金鋼 烷基苯基、4-苯基苯基、9-第基或苯基甲基， 更佳為第三丁基、環己基、苯基、2-曱基苯基、4-曱 基笨基、2, 4, 6-三曱基苯基、2-異丙基苯基、4-第三丁基 苯基、4-己基苯基或4-環己基苯基， 甚佳為苯基、2-甲基苯基、2, 4, 6-三曱基苯基、4-第 324204 24 201249850 二丁基笨基或4~己基苯基， 特佳為苯基或2-曱基苯基。 作為前述之可以具有取代基之烴基而可以具有之取 代基之例子係列舉鹵素原子、藉由齒素原子而取代之碳原 子數1至50之烴基、碳原子數丨至5〇之烴基、碳原子數 1至24之煙氧基和碳原子數12至24之二芳基胺基。 較佳為氟原子、氣原子、溴原子、碘原子、三氟曱基、 曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、 戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二基、十八烷 基、廿二烷基、環戊基、環己基、環辛基、環十二基、降 莰烯基、金鋼烷基、乙烯基、丙烯基、3_丁烯基、2_丁烯 基、2-戊烯基、苯基、卜萘基、2一萘基、2_曱基苯基、3_ 曱基苯基、4-曱基苯基、2-甲氧基笨基、3-曱氧基苯基、 4-曱氧基苯基、4-乙基苯基、4-丙基苯基、4-第三丁基苯 基、4-己基苯基、4-環己基苯基、4-金鋼烷基苯基、2-苯 基苯基、9-第基、笨基曱基、卜苯基乙基、2-苯基乙基、 曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、己氧基、苯氧基、曱 硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、丁硫基、苯硫基、二笨基胺基、 雙（2-曱基苯基）胺基、雙（3_曱基苯基）胺基、雙（4一曱基苯 基）胺基、雙（4-第三丁基苯基）胺基或二萘基胺基。 更佳為氟原子、氣原子、溴原子、三氟曱基、曱基、 乙基、丙基、丁基、第三丁基、己基、辛基、十二基、環 己基、金鋼烷基、苯基、萘基、2-萘基、2-甲基苯基、 3-甲基苯基、4-甲基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、9-苐基、苯 324204 25 201249850 基曱基、曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、己氧基、笨 氧基甲硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、丁硫基、苯硫基、二苯 基胺基、雙（2-曱基苯基）胺基、雙（3-甲基苯基）胺基、雙 (4_甲基笨基）胺基、雙（4-第三丁基苯基）胺基或二萘基胺 基， 甚隹為氟原子、三氟曱基、曱基、第三丁基、己基、 辛基、笨基、2-曱基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、苯基甲基、 甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基、己氧基、苯氧基、二苯基胺基、 雙（2~甲基苯基）胺基或雙（4-第三丁基苯基）胺基， 特佳為氟原子、甲基、第三丁基、甲氧基或二苯基胺 基。 作為前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)和（Be)所表示 之分子中之可以具有取代基之烷基之烷基例子係列舉甲 基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、 癸基、十一烷基、十二基、十五烷基、十八烷基、廿二烷 基等之域原子數1至3〇之直鏈狀烴基，但是，亦可以是異 丙基、異丁基、第三丁基和2_乙基己基等之具有支鏈構造 之烷基，也可以是環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環 壬基、環十二基、降莰烯基和金鋼烷基等之具有環狀構造 之烷基。 較佳為甲基、乙基、丁基、己基、辛基、十二基、十 八烷基或環己基，更佳為甲基、丁基、己基或辛基，甚佳 為曱基。 作為由前述之可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合 324204 26 201249850 物除去2個氫 個氫原子之^ 之基之由含氮原子5員環化合物除去2 物之例子中2之例子係列舉與前述之含氮原子5員環化合 佳為由構成2個以上之氫原子之化合物之構造（較 作為由 < 兔原子）中除去2個氮原子之基相同之例。 你,前述之可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合 物除去3個氣；^ 個氫原子^ 基之由含氮原子5貞環化合物除去3 土之例子係列舉與前述之含氮原子5員環化合 由具有3個以上之氫原子之化合物之構造（較 佳為由構成環之碳原子）除去3個氫原子之基之相同之例。 作為由别述之可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合 物除去2個氫原子之基以及由前述之可以具有取代基之含 氮原子5員環化合物除去3個氫原子之基之可以具有之取 代基之例子係列舉與前述之可以具有取代基之含氮原子5 員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基之可以具有之取代基之例 子之相同之例。 前述之RW、RW、R咖及R咖所表示之2價基（以下， 記載為R2Xx所表示之2價基。）之例子係列舉以下之基。 可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至30之烷二醯基；可 以具有取代基之石炭原子數2至30之烯二醯基；可以具有取 代基之主鏈碳原子數2至30之炔烴二酿基；可以具有取代 基之碳原子數4至30之環烷二醯基；可以具有取代基之烴 稀基及可與-〇-及/或-S-組合而形成之2價基；可以具有取 代基之下列之式rl至rl2之任何一者表示之2價基（更加 具體地說是下列之式rl’至1*12,之任何一種表示之2價 324204 27 201249850 基）。The b-membered ring compound may have up to 4 'more preferably from 〇 to 3, more preferably from 2 to 2, particularly preferably from 1 to 2. The nitrogen-containing atom-membered 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent may have such a substituent to be condensed to form a ring structure. For example, at the 4'-position of imidazole, a vinyl group may be bonded, and the vinyl groups condense with each other to form a ring (preferably a benzene ring). The following 'an example of a hydrocarbon group which may have a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent in the molecule represented by the above formulas (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be). Sulfhydryl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl An alkyl group having from 1 to 50 carbon atoms such as pentadecyl, octadecyl or nonyldialkyl; cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclodecyl, cyclododeyl a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms, such as a decyl group, a ruthenium alkyl group, or the like; 324204 23 201249850 vinyl, acryl, 3-butenyl, 2-butanyl, 2-decene a 2, 50-bonded alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms; a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 2-anthracene group; a 2-hexenyl group, a 2-decenyl group, a 2-dodecenyl group; Phenylphenyl, 3-mercaptophenyl, 4-nonylphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-isopropylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-propylbenzene Base, 4-isopropylphenyl, 4-butylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-(2-ethylhexyl)phenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl An aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, such as a 4-gold steel alkylphenyl group, a 4-phenylphenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group or the like; a phenyl fluorenyl group, a 1-phenylethyl group, a 2-phenyl group B Base, 1-phenyl- 1-propyl, 1-phenyl-2-propane, 2-phenyl-2-propyl, 3-phenyl-1-propyl, 4-phenyl-1-butyl, 5-phenyl- An aralkyl group having 7 to 50 carbon atoms such as 1-pentyl or 6-phenyl-1-hexyl. In the case where there is no particular description in each case, the above hydrocarbon group is preferably an anthracenyl group, a tert-butyl group, a hexyl group, a dodecyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, or a 2- Nonylphenyl, 3-mercaptophenyl, 4-mercaptophenyl, 2,4,6-tridecylphenyl, 2-isopropylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-propyl Phenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 4-butylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-(2-ethylhexyl)phenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl , 4-gold steel alkylphenyl, 4-phenylphenyl, 9-diyl or phenylmethyl, more preferably tert-butyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, 2-decylphenyl, 4- Anthracenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2-isopropylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl or 4-cyclohexylphenyl, very preferably Phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2,4,6-tridecylphenyl, 4-324204 24 201249850 dibutylphenyl or 4-hexylphenyl, particularly preferably phenyl or 2-mercapto Phenyl. Examples of the substituent which may have a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent include a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms substituted by a dentate atom, a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 5 to 5, and carbon. A nicotinyl group having 1 to 24 atomic atoms and a diarylamino group having 12 to 24 carbon atoms. Preferred are fluorine atom, gas atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, trifluoromethyl, decyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, Heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, decadienyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, cyclododeyl, norbornyl, gold alkane Base, vinyl, propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2-pentenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-nonylphenyl, 3-nonylphenyl, 4 - nonylphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-propylphenyl, 4-tert-butyl Phenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-gold steel alkylphenyl, 2-phenylphenyl, 9-yl, phenylthiol, phenylethyl, 2- Phenylethyl, decyloxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, phenoxy, sulfonylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, butylthio, phenylthio, di Styrylamino, bis(2-mercaptophenyl)amine, bis(3-nonylphenyl)amine, bis(4-indenylphenyl)amine, bis(4- Tributylphenyl) naphthyl group or a dialkylamino group. More preferred are fluorine atom, gas atom, bromine atom, trifluoromethyl, decyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl, hexyl, octyl, dodecyl, cyclohexyl, gold alkyl , phenyl, naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 9-fluorenyl, benzene 324204 25 201249850 fluorenyl, decyloxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, phenoxymethylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, butylthio, phenylthio, diphenyl Amino, bis(2-mercaptophenyl)amine, bis(3-methylphenyl)amine, bis(4-methylphenyl)amine, bis(4-tert-butylphenyl) Amino or dinaphthylamino, fluorinated as fluorine atom, trifluoromethyl, decyl, tert-butyl, hexyl, octyl, phenyl, 2-nonylphenyl, 4-tert-butyl Phenyl, phenylmethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, phenoxy, diphenylamino, bis(2-methylphenyl)amine or bis (4- The third butylphenyl)amino group is particularly preferably a fluorine atom, a methyl group, a tert-butyl group, a methoxy group or a diphenylamino group. Examples of the alkyl group which may have a substituent in the molecule represented by the above formulas (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be) are methyl, ethyl or propyl. , butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, pentadecyl, octadecyl, decane, etc. a linear hydrocarbon group of up to 3, but may be an alkyl group having a branched structure such as isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl or 2-ethylhexyl, or may be a cyclopropyl group or a ring. An alkyl group having a cyclic structure such as a butyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclodecyl group, a cyclododecyl group, a norbornenyl group, and a gold alkyl group. Preferred is methyl, ethyl, butyl, hexyl, octyl, dodecyl, octadecyl or cyclohexyl, more preferably methyl, butyl, hexyl or octyl, and most preferably fluorenyl. An example of the removal of 2 by a nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound by the above-mentioned nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring-containing compound 324204 26 201249850, which removes 2 hydrogen hydrogen atoms. The ring structure of the above-mentioned nitrogen atom-containing member is preferably the same as the structure in which two nitrogen atoms are removed from the structure of the compound constituting two or more hydrogen atoms (as compared with the case of the rabbit atom). You, the above-mentioned nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound having a substituent, removes 3 gases; the hydrogen atom is removed from the nitrogen-containing atom 5 ring-member compound to remove 3 soils, and the above-mentioned nitrogen-containing atom 5 The member ring is the same as the group in which three hydrogen atoms are removed by a structure of a compound having three or more hydrogen atoms (preferably, a carbon atom constituting the ring). The group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed by a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent, and the nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent described above may have a group in which three hydrogen atoms are removed. Examples of the substituents are the same as those of the above-mentioned substituent which may have a substituent in which a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound having a substituent has one hydrogen atom. The following examples of the divalent group represented by the above-mentioned RW, RW, R, and R coffee (hereinafter, referred to as a divalent group represented by R2Xx) are listed below. An alkanedifluorenyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; an alkenedifluorenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; an alkyne having 2 to 30 main chain carbon atoms which may have a substituent a dialkyl group; a cycloalkanediyl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent; and a divalent group which may be combined with -〇- and/or -S-; Any one of the following formulas rl to rl2 having a substituent may represent a divalent group (more specifically, the following formula rl' to 1*12, any of which represents a divalent 324204 27 201249850 basis).

r4 ΠR4 Π

(在式5中，Υ1 係藉由-(C(d、_〇一、_s_、—n(r5。)—、(In Equation 5, Υ1 is by -(C(d, _〇一, _s_, -n(r5.)),

Sl(R2 )? 〇((：(1^51)2)襲_或-〇(咖51)2；^-〇-表示之基團 0 Y 係藉由-(C(R51)2)mD1-、一〇_、n_Si(R51 基團。 π | \ _係1至3之整數。 係可以具有取代基之碳原子數6至30之芳基，R51 係氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數丨& 5〇之煙 基。複數個之R51係可以互為相同或相異。） 作為前述之R5。所表示之可以具有取代基之碳原子數6 至別之芳基中，碳原子數6至3〇之芳基例子係列舉苯基、 卜#基、2-萘基、2- f基苯基、3_甲基苯基、4_甲基苯基、 2’4, 6-三曱基苯基、2-異丙基苯基、4_乙基苯基、4_丙基 苯基、4-異丙基苯基、4-丁基苯基、4_第三丁基苯基、4_ 己基苯基、4-(2-乙基己基）苯基、4_環己基苯基、4_金鋼 烷基苯基、4-苯基苯基以及9-第基。 較佳為苯基、2-甲基苯基、4- ▼基苯基、2, 4, 6-三曱 324204 28 201249850 基笨基、2-異丙基笨基、4-第三丁基笨基 更佳為笨基、2-甲基苯基、2 4 6_= 泰本暴 己基苯基， 基笨基或4- 甚佳為笨基。 前述之P所表示之可以具有取代基之碳 50之烴基之烴基例子係相同於可以且右4 ^ ^ 八另則述之汰「ΑίΛ、 (Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)和（Be)所表示之分早φ 之烴基例子。 之刀子中之取代基之烴基 烴基係較佳為曱基、乙基、 丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、庚：、辛、内基、丁基、異 十一燒基、十二基、十五燒基、十土八土、壬基、癸基·， 碳原子數1至30之烷基； 凡土、廿二烷基等之 環丙基'環丁基、環戊基… 基、降莰烯基、金鋼烷基等之# 環壬基、環十二 烴基； 3 Wo之環狀飽和 苯基、卜麵、2-麵、2 4-甲基苯基、2, 4, 6-三曱基苯美土、3~曱基苯基、 苯基、4-丙基笨基、、㊉基笨基、4-乙基 丁基苯基、4-己基苯基、4、(1 土 丁基笨基、4-第三 苯基、4-金鋼烧基苯基、;基)笨基、4-環己基 數6至30之芳基。 土本土 ''薄基等之碳原子 更佳為曱基、乙基1基、異丙 第三丁基、戊基、己基、庚&、辛基'壬：基、異丁基、 烧基、十二基、十五烧基、十域 癸基、十一 324204 I原子數1至1Ϊ 29 201249850 之烧基； 苯基、2-甲基苯基、3-甲基苯基、4-曱基苯基、2, 4, 6- 二曱基苯基、2-異丙基苯基、4-乙基苯基、4-丙基苯基、 4-異丙基笨基、4-丁基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、4_己基苯 基、4-(2-乙基己基）苯基、4-環己基苯基等之碳原子數6 至24之芳基； 甚佳為碳原子數1至8之烧基或苯基； 特佳為碳原子數1至6之烷基。 刖述之式rl至rl2所表示之可以具有取代基之基之 例子之係表示於以下可以具有取代基之式H，至rl2， 表示之基。Sl(R2)? 〇((:(1^51)2) _ or -〇(咖51)2;^-〇- represents the group 0 Y by -(C(R51)2)mD1- 〇, _, n_Si (R51 group. π | \ _ is an integer from 1 to 3. It is an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and R51 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon which may have a substituent Atom number amp & 5 〇 of the smoky group. The plurality of R51 systems may be the same or different from each other.) As the above R5, the carbon atom which may have a substituent is 6 to other aryl groups, carbon Examples of aryl groups having an atomic number of 6 to 3 Å are phenyl, phenyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-fylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2'4, 6 -tridecylphenyl, 2-isopropylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-propylphenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 4-butylphenyl, 4-tert-butyl Phenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-(2-ethylhexyl)phenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-metal alkylphenyl, 4-phenylphenyl and 9-yl. Is phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 4-ylphenyl, 2, 4, 6-triazine 324204 28 201249850 phenyl, 2-isopropyl phenyl, 4-tert-butyl phenyl Good for stupid base, 2-A Phenyl, 2 4 6 —= tympanyl phenyl, phenyl or 4- is very basic. The hydrocarbon group of the hydrocarbon group of carbon 50 which may have a substituent represented by the above P is the same as that of the right and right. 4 ^ ^ 八 则 例子 Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α Α 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃 烃Sulfhydryl, ethyl, butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, internal, butyl, isodecyl, dodecyl, fifteen, decocted, Sulfhydryl, fluorenyl, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; a cyclopropyl 'cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a decyl group, a gold alkyl group, etc. #环壬基,环十二含基基; 3 Wo ring saturated phenyl, bake, 2-sided, 2 4-methylphenyl, 2, 4, 6-trimercaptobenzene, 3~ Nonylphenyl, phenyl, 4-propylphenyl, decyl, 4-ethylbutylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4, (1 butyl phenyl, 4-third Phenyl, 4-gold-steel phenyl, phenyl, 4-cyclohexyl 6 to 30 aryl. More preferably, the carbon atom of the soil such as a thin base is a mercapto group, an ethyl group 1, an isopropyl tributyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptane group, an octyl group, an isobutyl group, a pyridyl group, Twelve, fifteen, decyl, eleven, 324,204, I atom number, 1 to 1, 2012 29 201249850; phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-fluorenyl Phenyl, 2,4,6-didecylphenyl, 2-isopropylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-propylphenyl, 4-isopropylphenyl, 4-butylbenzene a aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-(2-ethylhexyl)phenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl; An alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the group which may have a substituent represented by the formula rl to rl2 described below are represented by the following formulas H to rl2 which may have a substituent.

、_n(R52)-或 (在式 *，Y3 係藉由-(C(R53)2)n-、-0-~Si(R 3)2_表示之基。 324204 30 201249850 η係1或2。 俨係可以具有取代基之碳原子數6至ΐ8之^ 係氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數丨至 ^ 基。複數個之R53係可相同或相異。） 之埏 前述之β所表示之可以具有取代基之碳原子數6 18之芳基中碳原子數6至18之芳基之例子和較 至 係相同於在前狀^所表示之可以具有取代基 = 數6至3〇之芳基之碳原子數6至30之芳基之例子和= 之構造中，碳原子數丨至18之例子和較佳之構造。 則一述之R所表不之可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至 之烴基中碳原子數i幻8之烴基例子和較佳之構造係 相同於在前叙γ所表示且可以具有取代基之碳原子數1 至50之烴基之碳原子數丨至3()之烴基例子和理想之構造 中’碳原子數1至18之例子和較佳之構造。 作為前述之r2Xx所表示之2價基係較佳為藉由可以且 有取代基之前述式rl至rl2之任何—者表示之基，、 更佳為藉由可以具有取代基之前述式rl、r2、r5、r6、 Γ8及Γ9之任何一種表示之基、前述之式rlO表示之基且 式中之為—〇~或-N(R5°)一之基、前述之式rll表示之基且 式中1之Y為-〇_或_s_之基、前述之式⑴表示之基且式中 之Y為0-而Y、_C(R51)2_之基、以及前述之式⑴表示 之基且式中之γΚ—而γ2為一Si(R51)2一之基， ，甚佳為藉由可以具有取代基之前述式H， 、r5，、 r6及rl〇 <任何一種表示之基、前述之式ri2，表示之 324204 31 201249850 基且式中之Y3為-C(CH3)2-之基、以及前述之式rl2’表示 之基且式中之Y3為-Si(CH3)2-之基。 在前述之L1具有1個以上之R2Xx所表示之2價基之狀 態下，在L1具有之R2Xx中之1個以上之R2Xx係較佳為前述 之式rl’所表示之基，更佳為L1具有之全部之R2Xx係前述 之式rl’所表示之基。 作為前述之R2Xx所表示之2價基而可以具有之取代基 之例子係列舉鹵素原子、藉由_素原子而取代之碳原子數 1至50之烴基、碳原子數1至50之烴基、碳原子數1至 24之烴基、以及碳原子數12至24之二芳基胺基。 較佳為氟原子、氣原子、溴原子、三氟甲基、曱基、 乙基、丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、庚 基、辛基、壬基、十二基、十八烧基、環己基、乙稀基、 丙烯基、3-丁烯基、苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、2-曱基苯基、 3- 曱基苯基、4-曱基苯基、2-曱氧基苯基、3-曱氧基苯基、 4- 曱氧基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、4-己基苯基、4-環己基 苯基、2-苯基苯基、2-苯基乙基、曱氧基、丁氧基、苯氧 基、苯硫基或二苯基胺基， 更佳為氟原子、氯原子、三氟曱基、曱基、乙基、丙 基、丁基、第三丁基、己基、辛基、環己基、苯基、2-甲 基苯基、4-甲基苯基、2-曱氧基苯基、4-曱氧基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、4-己基苯基、曱氧基、丁氧基、苯氧基或 二苯基胺基， 甚佳為氟原子、三氟甲基、甲基、丁基、第三丁基、 324204 32 201249850 苯基、4~甲基苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基或甲 氧基， 特佳為既原子或ψ基。 月’J述之R2Xx所表示之2價基而可以具有之取代基之數 目係較佳為〇至4個’更佳為〇至3個，甚佳為〇至2個， 特佳為〇個。R2Xx所表示之2價基係藉由前述之至 rl2表示之基，在具有取代基之狀態下，前述之取代基係 理想為以下顯示之位置。 γΓ :較佳為選自2，和3，中至少1部位； Γ2> :較佳為選自2， 、3， 、4，和5，中至少1部 位，更佳為2’和5，之2部位或3’和4，之2部位； r3’ ：較佳為選自2， 中至少1部位，更佳為僅4, 位、3和5’之2部位、2, 4’和5’之3部位； 、3，、4’、5，、6，和 8’ 之1部位、2’和6’之2部 、4’和6’之3部位或3，、 、4，、5’ 、6，和 7， 之2部位、3 ’和6 ’之2 r4’ ：較佳為選自2，、3, 中至少1部位，更佳為2，和7, 部位或4’和5，之2部位； 較佳為選自2，、 4, 5' ._ , - « 6 和 7 部位’更佳為2’和7，之2部位或3’和6,之 2雜，’甚佳為2，和7，之2部位； r6’ ：較佳為選自2，、q， Γ, 1Λ, 、9 ζ 3 、4 、5，、8，、9，、 l〇和ΙΓ中至少丨部 3， 文佳為2和Π之2部位、 和1〇之2部位或4,和9,之2部位； 324204 33 201249850 r7 :較佳為選自9， ,s , t , 圯目 2 、3， 、4’ 、5， 、6，和 7, 中至> 1邛位，更佳為 。， 々^和7之2部位； ，d :較佳為選自 2, 、3, 、5, 、6, 、7, 、8,、 中至乂 1部位’更佳為2，和6，之2部位或3， 和5 之2部位； Γ9 ·較佳為選自2’和5，中至少i部位； 他··較佳為選自2’、3,、4,、5,、6,和7, 中至夕1 σΜ立’更佳為2’和7，之2部位或3，和6，之 2部位，甚佳為2,和7，之2部位； Γΐ1 ·較佳為選自2’、3，、4，和5，中至少1部 位’更佳為2’和5，之2部位； 在rl2而Y3為-CH2_之狀態：選自2，、3，、斗， 彳7中至夕1部位，更佳為7，之2部位以及由2，、 4’和5’ ϋ自中至少！部位之合計之至少3部位，更 之2部位以及由2, 、3, 、4,和5,選自中至少2部 位之合計之至少4部位’甚佳為7,之2部位以及2，和5， 之2部位之合計4部位； 在rl2而Υ為-CH2-以外之狀態：選自2，、3，、4， 和5’中至少1部位，更佳為選自2， 、3， 、4，和5， 至少2部位，甚佳為2，和5，之2部位。 ° 中 作為前述之及C所表示.之3價基之例子係 由下列之式r31和r32之任何一者表示之基。 324204 34 201249850 »/Υ7- γϋ-Ι^-γβ 一 4—r33-y7- R31-Y4—γ5_^33_γβ_ V5 γ7- r32 \r32-Y8 一 r3l (在式r31和r32之中， Y4 係 C、S i 或 b—。 Y、Y6及Y7係分別獨立地成為直接鍵或者是可以具有 取代基之-(CH2)n-，該〇12係只要不是彼此相鄰的話，則能 夠以任意數量取代成為0，η係1至8之整數。各個Y5係 可以互為相同或梢異。各個γ6係可以互為相同或相異。各 個Υ7係可以互為相同或相異。 R31係可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至3〇之烴基。 R32係直接鍵或者是藉由可以具有取代基之前述rl至 Π2之任何一者表示之基。 R33係藉由前述之式rl至rl2之任何一者表示之基。 各個R32係可以互為相同或相異。r32中之各個R33係 可以互為相同或相異。 選自由Y5、Y6、Y7、R31、R32和R33所組成群組之2個以 上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環。） 前述R31之可以具有取代基之烴基之烴基例子及較佳 例係相同於可以具有前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)和 (Be)所表示之分子中之取代基之經基之煙基例子及較佳 例。可以具有該R31之取代基之經基之可以具有之取代基之 例子及較佳例係也相同於玎以具有前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、 324204 35 201249850 (Ba)、（Bb)和（Be)所表示之分子中之取代基之烴基之可以 具有之取代基之例子及較佳你j。 前述之R32及R33係較佳為藉由可以具有取代基之前述 之式rl、r2、r4、r5、r8或rl0表示之基， 更佳為藉由可以具有取代基之前述之式rl、r2、r5 或Γ1〇表示之基。 前述之R32及R33可以具有之取代基之例子及較佳例係 相同於前述之R2Xx所表示之2價基之可以具有之取代基之 例子及較佳例。 1別述式（Aa)之Q1Aa* Q2Aa之理想組合係丨個Qua為 )2’另外1個Q1Aa為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5 員晨化合物除去1個氫原子之基，Q2Aa為—p(Rma)_，R"Aa 分別獨立地為可以具有取代基之芳基之組合；2個 1為4(^ )2，Q 3為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員 f化合物除去2個氫原子之基，RllAa為可以具有取代基之 方基之組合，2個卩丨以為-卩⑺丨丨以）〗，卩2“為_卩（尺22*3)_，RllAa 及分別獨立地為可以具有取代基之芳基之組合；更佳 為1個QlAa為-ρα?1、，另外1個叶為由可以具有取代基 之3氮原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，Q2Aa為, _n(R52)- or (in the formula *, Y3 is represented by -(C(R53)2)n-, -0-~Si(R 3)2_. 324204 30 201249850 η-system 1 or 2 The lanthanoid group may have a hydrogen atom of 6 to 8 in the substituent or a carbon atom which may have a substituent 丨 to ^. The plurality of R53 systems may be the same or different.) Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms in the aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by β and the same as those in the former form may have a substituent = number 6 to Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms of the aryl group of the fluorene group and the structure of =, the number of carbon atoms 丨 to 18 and the preferred structure. An example of a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent having a carbon number of 1 to a hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 and a preferred structure is the same as that represented by the former γ and may have a substituent. Examples of hydrocarbon groups having a carbon number of from 1 to 50 and having a carbon number of 丨 to 3 () and an example of a preferred structure of 'carbon atoms of from 1 to 18 and a preferred configuration. The divalent group represented by the above r2Xx is preferably a group represented by any of the above formulas rl to rl2 which may have a substituent, and more preferably, the above formula rl which may have a substituent, a group represented by any one of r2, r5, r6, Γ8 and Γ9, a group represented by the above formula rlO and wherein the formula is -〇~ or -N(R5°), the base of the above formula rll and Y in the formula 1 is a group of -〇_ or _s_, a group represented by the above formula (1) and wherein Y is 0- and Y, _C(R51)2_, and the above formula (1) And γ2 is a group of Si(R51)2, and is preferably a group represented by the above formulas H, r5, r6 and rl〇 which may have a substituent; The above formula ri2 represents 324204 31 201249850 and Y3 in the formula is a group of -C(CH3)2-, and the formula represented by the above formula rl2' and Y3 in the formula is -Si(CH3)2- The basis. In the state in which L1 has one or more divalent groups represented by R2Xx, one or more of R2Xx having R2Xx in L1 is preferably a group represented by the above formula rl', and more preferably L1. All of R2Xx are based on the formula rl' described above. Examples of the substituent which may be a divalent group represented by the above R2Xx include a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms substituted by a silane atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, and carbon. a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 atoms, and a diarylamino group having 12 to 24 carbon atoms. Preferred are fluorine atom, gas atom, bromine atom, trifluoromethyl, decyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, fluorene Base, dodecyl, octadecyl, cyclohexyl, ethylene, propenyl, 3-butenyl, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-nonylphenyl, 3-anthracene Phenylphenyl, 4-nonylphenyl, 2-decyloxyphenyl, 3-decyloxyphenyl, 4-nonyloxyphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 2-phenylphenyl, 2-phenylethyl, decyloxy, butoxy, phenoxy, phenylthio or diphenylamino, more preferably fluorine atom, chlorine Atom, trifluoromethyl, decyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl, hexyl, octyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2 - alkoxyphenyl, 4-decyloxyphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, nonyloxy, butoxy, phenoxy or diphenylamino, very preferred Is a fluorine atom, trifluoromethyl, methyl, butyl, tert-butyl, 324204 32 201249850 phenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl 4-tert-butylphenyl or methoxy, particularly preferably an atom or a fluorenyl group. The number of substituents which may be represented by the 2 valent group represented by R2Xx of the month is preferably from 〇 to 4 'better than 〇 to 3, very preferably 〇 to 2, especially preferably 〇 . The divalent group represented by R2Xx is a group represented by the above to rl2, and in the state having a substituent, the above substituent is preferably a position shown below. Γ Γ : preferably at least 1 site selected from 2, and 3; Γ 2 > : preferably selected from 2, 3, 4, and 5, at least 1 site, more preferably 2' and 5, 2 parts or 3' and 4, 2 parts; r3': preferably selected from 2, at least 1 part, more preferably only 4, 3, 5 and 5' 2 parts, 2, 4' and 5' 3 parts; 3 parts, 3, 4', 5, 6, and 8', 2 parts of 2' and 6', 3 parts of 4' and 6' or 3, 4, 4, 5' 2, 4, and 2, 2' and 3', 2 r4': preferably selected from 2, 3, at least 1 position, more preferably 2, and 7, or 4' and 5, 2 parts; preferably selected from 2, 4, 5'., - « 6 and 7 parts 'better 2' and 7, 2 parts or 3' and 6, 2, 'very good 2, and 7, 2 parts; r6': preferably selected from the group consisting of 2, q, Γ, 1Λ, 9 ζ 3, 4, 5, 8, 8, 9, l〇 and ΙΓ Part 3, Wen Jia is 2 parts of 2 and Π, and 2 parts of 1〇 or 4, and 2, 2 parts; 324204 33 201249850 r7 : preferably selected from 9,, s, t, 圯目 2, 3, 4', 5, 6, and 7, medium to > 1 position, better. , 々^ and 7 of the 2;; d: preferably selected from 2, 3, 5, 6, 6, 7, 8, 8, and to the 乂 1 part 'better 2, and 6, 2 parts or 2, and 2 parts of 2; Γ9 · preferably selected from 2' and 5, at least i part; he is preferably selected from 2', 3, 4, 5, 6, And 7, in the middle of the eve 1 σ Μ standing 'better 2' and 7, 2 parts or 3, and 6, 2 parts, very good 2, and 7, 2 parts; Γΐ 1 · preferably selected from 2', 3, 4, and 5, at least 1 part is more preferably 2' and 5, 2 parts; in rl2 and Y3 is -CH2_ state: selected from 2, 3, 斗, 彳7 mid-night 1 part, better 7, 2 parts and by 2, 4' and 5' ϋ from at least! At least 3 parts of the total of the parts, and 2 parts and 2, 3, 4, and 5, at least 4 parts selected from at least 2 parts of the total are 'very good, 7, 2 parts and 2, and 5, 2 parts of the total of 4 parts; in rl2 and Υ is -CH2- state: at least 1 part selected from 2, 3, 4, and 5', more preferably selected from 2, 3, , 4, and 5, at least 2 parts, very preferably 2, and 5, 2 parts. The example of the trivalent group represented by the above and C is a group represented by any one of the following formulas r31 and r32. 324204 34 201249850 »/Υ7- γϋ-Ι^-γβ a 4-r33-y7- R31-Y4—γ5_^33_γβ_ V5 γ7- r32 \r32-Y8 a r3l (in the formula r31 and r32, Y4 is C, S i or b — Y, Y6 and Y7 are each independently a direct bond or a -CH 2 ) n - which may have a substituent, and the fluorene 12 may be substituted in any number as long as it is not adjacent to each other. 0, η is an integer from 1 to 8. Each Y5 system may be identical or different from each other. Each γ6 system may be the same or different from each other. Each Υ7 system may be identical or different from each other. R31 may have a substituent a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R32 is a direct bond or a group represented by any one of the aforementioned rl to Π2 which may have a substituent. R33 is represented by any one of the above formulas rl to rl2. Each R32 system may be the same or different from each other. Each of the R33 systems in r32 may be the same or different from each other. Two or more groups of Y5, Y6, Y7, R31, R32, and R33 are selected. The base system may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring.) Examples of the hydrocarbon group of the above-mentioned R31 which may have a hydrocarbon group of a substituent and a preferred embodiment Examples and preferred examples of the base of the base which may have a substituent in the molecule represented by the above formulas (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be). Examples and preferred examples of the substituent which may have a substituent of the substituent of R31 are also the same as those of the above formula (Aa), (Ab), 324204 35 201249850 (Ba), (Bb) And an example of a substituent which the hydrocarbon group of the substituent in the molecule represented by (Be) may have and preferably. The above R32 and R33 are preferably those represented by the above formula rl, r2, r4, r5, r8 or rl0 which may have a substituent, more preferably by the aforementioned formula rl, r2 which may have a substituent. , r5 or Γ1〇 represents the base. Examples and preferred examples of the substituents which R32 and R33 may have as described above are the same as those of the substituents which may be possessed by the above-mentioned R2Xx. (1) The ideal combination of Q1Aa* Q2Aa of the formula (Aa) is Qua is 2) Another 1 Q1Aa is a group which removes 1 hydrogen atom from a nitrogen-containing atomic member which can have a substituent, and Q2Aa is —p(Rma)_, R"Aa are each independently a combination of aryl groups which may have a substituent; 2 1 is 4(^)2, and Q 3 is a compound containing 5 members of the nitrogen atom which may have a substituent The group of two hydrogen atoms is removed, RllAa is a combination of square groups which may have a substituent, two are considered to be -卩(7)丨丨), and 卩2" is _卩(foot 22*3)_, RllAa and Each of them is independently a combination of aryl groups which may have a substituent; more preferably, one Q1Aa is -ρα?1, and the other one leaf is one hydrogen atom of a 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. Based on Q2Aa

P(R )-，R11Aa& R22Aa分別獨立地為可以具有取代基之^ 基之組合；2 個 Q1A1-P(R"Aa)2，Q2Aa 為、p(RmaV 11A n22Aa ^ Λ ^ 刀別獨立地成為可以具有取代基之芳基之組合； 甚佳為1個Q1Aa為-P(R"Aa)2 ’另外^固QlAa為由可以具 有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去丨個氫原子之基， 324204 w 201249850 (T為«me為可以具有取代基之苯基之组 合；2 個 dP(C)2n—p(R22Aa)—，Rlua及广為 可以具有取代基之苯基之組合。 a相對於前述式㈤之（T和Q2Aa之各個組合之較佳之 R2Aa之構造係正如關於严所表示之2價基所進行之說明。 前述式⑽之之較錢合係2 為 巧’’另外1個q、由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5 員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，R⑽為可以具有取代基 之芳基，『為藉由可以具有前述之取代基之式切和… 之任何4者表示之基之組合；3個QiAb為啊⑽m 可以具有取代基之芳基，^為藉由可以具有前述之取代基 之式r31和r32之任何-者表示之基之組合； 更佳為 2 個 Q1Ab為-pn?mb、 _ . ... 门mw ^ F(R )2，另外1個〇服為由可以且 R1=基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基Γ 為可4有取代基之芳基，R3Abg藉由可叫有前述之 代基之式r31和r32之任何_者表示之基之級合。P(R)-, R11Aa& R22Aa are each independently a combination of substituents; 2 Q1A1-P(R"Aa)2, Q2Aa, p(RmaV 11A n22Aa ^ Λ ^ It is a combination of aryl groups which may have a substituent; very preferably, one Q1Aa is -P(R"Aa)2', and QlAa is a hydrogen atom of a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent. The group, 324204 w 201249850 (T is «me is a combination of phenyl groups which may have a substituent; 2 dP(C)2n-p(R22Aa)-, a combination of Rlua and a phenyl group which may have a substituent. a relative to the above formula (5) (the preferred R2Aa structure of each combination of T and Q2Aa is as described with respect to the binary group represented by Yan. The above formula (10) is more complicated than the other. One q, a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent, and R(10) is an aryl group which may have a substituent, "is a formula which can have a substituent as described above... Any combination of 4 bases; 3 QiAbs are (10) m aryl groups which may have a substituent, The combination of any of the above formulas r31 and r32 represents a combination; more preferably, two Q1Abs are -pn?mb, _. ... gate mw ^ F(R)2, and another one The aryl group which is a 4-substitutable group which may be removed by a 5-membered ring compound which may have a nitrogen atom of R1 = a ring group, and R3Abg may be any of the formulas r31 and r32 which may be called the aforementioned substituent group. _ indicates the basis of the combination.

=述，之 Q'Q =為，、’2個〜 述j取代基之芳基’2_2Ba為藉由可以具有取代基之前 :Γ至『12之任何一者表示之基之組合；2個Q叫為 =具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去 々 子之基，2個d_P(Rma) 飞席 基，2個俨、直 為可X、有取代基之芳 4直接鍵或者是藉由可以具有取代基之前述之 式Η至rl2之任何一者表示之基之組合； K之 324204 37 201249850 更佳為2個卩心為-卩⑺丨叫）”〗個卩2以為_尸（尺2288)_，设1183 及R22Be為可以具有取代基之苯基，RZBa為藉由可以具有取代 基之前述之式rl’至rl2，之任何一種表示之基之組合。 作為前述式（Bb )之Q1 Bb、Q挪、Rm和RaBb之組合係較佳 為3個Q丨B4-P(RUBb)2，Q2Bb為p(R22Bb)_，尺丨丨此及R22Bb為可 以具有取代基之苯基，R2Bb為藉由可以具有取代基之前述之 式rl至rl2之任何一者表示之基，R3Bb為藉由可以具有取 代基之前述之式r3l和r32之任何一者表示之基之組合。=, Q'Q = is,, '2' ~ aryl group '2_2Ba of the substituent j is a combination of groups which can be represented by any one of: 12 to 2; 2 Q Called as a nitrogen-containing atom with a substituent, a 5-membered ring compound removes the group of a scorpion, two d_P(Rma) flying stil groups, two fluorenes, a straight X-, a substituted aryl 4 direct bond or a lend A combination of bases represented by any one of the foregoing formulas rl to rl2 which may have a substituent; K 324204 37 201249850 more preferably 2 hearts are - 卩 (7) squeaking) "" 卩 2 thought _ corpse (尺 2288)_, let 1183 and R22Be be a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and RZBa is a combination of any one of the above formulas rl' to rl2 which may have a substituent, as the above formula (Bb) The combination of Q1 Bb, Q, Rm and RaBb is preferably 3 Q丨B4-P(RUBb)2, Q2Bb is p(R22Bb)_, and R22Bb is a phenyl group which may have a substituent. R2Bb is a group represented by any one of the above formulas rl to rl2 which may have a substituent, and R3Bb is any one of the aforementioned formulas r3l and r32 which may have a substituent It represents the group of compositions.

作為前述式（Be )之Q收和Q⑽之組合係較佳為3個 V / 1 1 D ^ V ilBc 為-P(RUBc)2 ’ Q3、P，r"bC為可以具有取代基之芳基τ 為藉由可以具有取代基之前述之式rl至rl2之任何一者表 示之基之組合；3個Q1Bc中之2個為-P(RiibC)2, i個為由可 以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去丨個氫原子 為P，严為可以具有取代基之芳基，R2Be為直接鍵 或者疋藉由可以具有取代基之前述之式1_1至『12之任何一 者表示之基之組合；3個QiBe中之1個為_p(RllBe)2， 由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5貝環化合物除去^個氣原 子之基’ Q3、p，Riibc為可以具有取代基之芳基，尺吉、 接鍵或者是藉由可以具有取代基之前述之心丨至: 何一者表示之基之組合； 壬 更佳為3個（T為一 P(rubc)2，q馬「认 324204 ，取代基之苯基，藉由可以具有取代基之前述= Γ至r12之任何一種表示之基之組合；3個 個為”2, i個為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員 38 201249850 環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，〇^為P，R11Be為可以具有 取代基之苯基，R2Be為直接鍵或者是藉由可以具有取代基之 前述之式rl’至rl2’之任何一種表示之基之組合；甚佳 為3個卩…為邛⑺118%，卩咖為P，R11Be為可以具有取代基 之苯基，R2Be為藉由可以具有取代基之前述之式rl’至 rl2’之任何一種表示之基之組合。 作為L1之構造例係列舉藉由可以具有取代基之下列之 式Aal至31、Abl至4、Bal至8、Bbl及Bel至11所表示 之分子。 324204 39 201249850The combination of Q and Q(10) of the above formula (Be) is preferably 3 V / 1 1 D ^ V ilBc is -P(RUBc) 2 ' Q3, P, r " bC is an aryl group which may have a substituent τ is a combination represented by any one of the above formulas rl to rl2 which may have a substituent; two of the three Q1Bcs are -P(RiibC)2, and i is a group which may have a substituent The nitrogen atom 5-membered ring compound is obtained by removing one hydrogen atom into P, a aryl group which may have a substituent, R 2Be being a direct bond or 疋 represented by any one of the above formulas 1_1 to 12 which may have a substituent. a combination of the bases; one of the three QiBes is _p(RllBe)2, and the base of the gas atom is removed from the nitrogen-containing atomic 5-shell compound which may have a substituent. Q3, p, Riibc may have a substituent. The aryl group, the gems, the bonds or the combination of the above-mentioned cores which may have a substituent to: the one represented by the base; 壬 is preferably 3 (T is a P (rubc) 2, q The horse "recognize 324204, the phenyl group of the substituent, by a combination of the groups of the above = Γ to r12 which may have a substituent; 3 are "2, i are a nitrogen-containing atom which may have a substituent 5 member 38 201249850 The ring compound removes a group of one hydrogen atom, 〇^ is P, R11Be is a phenyl group which may have a substituent, R2Be is a direct bond or may have a substituent a combination of any of the above formulas rl' to rl2'; preferably 3 卩...is 邛(7)118%, 卩C is P, R11Be is a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and R2Be may be A combination of the substituents of any one of the above formulas rl' to rl2'. The series of structural examples of L1 are represented by the following formulas Aal to 31, Abl to 4, Bal to 8, Bbl which may have a substituent. And the molecule represented by Bel to 11. 324204 39 201249850

324204 40 201249850324204 40 201249850

324204 41 201249850324204 41 201249850

324204 42 201249850324204 42 201249850

Ba7Ba7

R71 Ba8R71 Ba8

324204 43 201249850324204 43 201249850

324204 44 201249850 R71係氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至 12之烴基。 R72係氫原子、氟原子、三氟曱基、曱基、乙基、丙基、 異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戍基、己基、庚基、 辛基、壬基、癸基、十二基、曱氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、 第三丁氧基、苯氧基或二苯基胺基。 R74係-C(R73)2-。R73係氫原子、鹵素原子或碳原子數1 至12之烴基。 m係1至12之整數。在m為2以上之狀態下，C(R73)2 係只要不是彼此相鄰的話，則能夠以任意之數量取代成為 0 ° 在存在複數個之R71之狀態下，各個R71係可以互為相 同或相異。各個R72係可以互為相同或相異。各個R73係可 以互為相同或相異。在式中而存在複數個之R74之狀態下， 各個R74係可以互為相同或相異。324204 44 201249850 R71 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. R72 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group, a decyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a decyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, an anthracene group. Base, fluorenyl, dodecyl, decyloxy, propoxy, butoxy, tert-butoxy, phenoxy or diphenylamino. R74 is -C(R73)2-. R73 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. m is an integer from 1 to 12. In a state where m is 2 or more, C(R73)2 can be replaced by 0 to any number as long as it is not adjacent to each other. In the state in which a plurality of R71 are present, each R71 system may be identical to each other or Different. Each R72 system can be identical or different from each other. Each R73 system can be identical or different from each other. In the state where a plurality of R74 are present in the formula, each R74 system may be identical or different from each other.

Ar1係可以具有取代基之苯基。各個Ar1係可以互為相 同或相異。Ar2係可以具有取代基之伸苯基。 Y1D係藉由-(C(R75)2)---0-或-S-表示之基。 Y11 係藉由-(C(R75)2)-、-〇-、-S-或-Si(R75)2-表示之基。 R75係氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至 12之烴基。 在存在複數個之Y1()之狀態下，各個Y1()係可以互為相 同或相異。在式中而存在複數個之Υ11之狀態下，各個Υ11 係可以互為相同或相異。 324204 45 201249850 1:眇係較佳為氫原子、苯基、甲基 丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬？ 更佳為氫原子、甲美、7 β 次十一基， 土、乙基、丙基、丁基、己基、 十二基，甚佳為氫原+、w I ^ ^ ^ I辛基或 前述之R72孫柄、、土、乙基或丁基，特佳為甲基。 ’、佳為氫原子、氟原子、三氟甲基、甲Α、 丁基、第三丁基、^ Ύ^ 佳$基、辛基、？氧基或二笨基胺基，更 佳為虱原子、氟原子、氟 文 氫原子或IU子。aip基辛基㈣氧基，甚佳為 且右係較佳為氫原子或者是可以 具有取代基之碳原子數丨至6之縣，更佳為氫原子。 m係較佳為1至1〇之整數，更佳為3至ι〇之整數， 甚佳為4至9之整數。Ar1 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent. Each Ar1 system can be the same or different from each other. The Ar2 system may have a pendant phenyl group. Y1D is represented by -(C(R75)2)---0- or -S-. Y11 is a group represented by -(C(R75)2)-, -〇-, -S- or -Si(R75)2-. R75 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. In the state where a plurality of Y1() are present, each Y1() system may be the same or different from each other. In the state where there are a plurality of Υ11 in the formula, each Υ11 series may be identical or different from each other. 324204 45 201249850 1: Is it preferably a hydrogen atom, a phenyl group, a methyl butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, an anthracene group? More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, a meridin, a 7 β eleventh group, a soil, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, a dodecyl group, a hydrogen atom +, a w I ^ ^ ^ octyl group or the foregoing R72 grandiose, earth, ethyl or butyl, especially preferably methyl. ', preferably hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, trifluoromethyl, formamidine, butyl, tert-butyl, ^ Ύ ^ good $ base, octyl,? The oxy group or the diphenylamino group is more preferably a ruthenium atom, a fluorine atom, a fluorohydro atom or an IU. The aip octyl group (tetra)oxy group is preferably a hydrogen atom or a county having a carbon atom number of from 丨 to 6 and more preferably a hydrogen atom. The m system is preferably an integer of 1 to 1 Å, more preferably an integer of 3 to ι ,, and even more preferably an integer of 4 to 9.

Ar係較佳為苯基、2-曱基苯基、3一曱基苯基、扣甲基 笨基、2-乙基苯基、2-丙基苯基、2-異丙基笨基、2_丁基 苯基、2-第三丁基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、4~己基苯基、 2-氟苯基、4-氟苯基、3-二苯基胺基苯基、4-二苯基胺基 苯基、3-雙（2-曱基苯基）胺基苯基、3-雙（4-甲基苯基）胺 基苯基、2-曱氧基苯基、3-曱氧基苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、 4-苯氧基苯基、2, 4, 6-三甲基苯基、2, 6-二乙基笨基、2, 二異丙基苯基、2, 6-二氟苯基、2, 4, 6-三氟苯基、 2, 3, 4, 5, 6-五氟苯基、2, 6-二曱氧基、3, 4, 5-三甲氧基、 3, 5-二甲氧基、3, 5-二第三丁基或3, 5-二第三丁基甲 氧基， 更佳為苯基、2-曱基苯基、4-曱基苯基、4-第三丁| 324204 46 201249850 苯基、4-己基苯基、2-氟笨基、4-氟笨基、3-二苯基胺基 苯基、4-二苯基胺基苯基、3-雙（2-曱基苯基）胺基苯基、 2-曱氧基苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、4-苯氧基苯基、2, 4, 6-三 甲基苯基、2, 6-二乙基苯基、2, 6-二氟苯基、2, 4, 6-三氟 苯基、2, 3, 4, 5, 6-五氟苯基、2, 6-二曱氧基、3, 5-二曱氧 基或3, 5-二第三丁基-4-甲氧基， 甚佳為苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、4-己基苯基、4-氟苯 基、4-二苯基胺基苯基、4_甲氧基苯基、4_苯氧基苯基或 3, 5-二第三丁基一4-曱氧基， 特佳為無取代之苯基。The Ar system is preferably a phenyl group, a 2-decylphenyl group, a 3-mercaptophenyl group, a methyl group, a 2-ethylphenyl group, a 2-propylphenyl group or a 2-isopropylphenyl group. 2_butylphenyl, 2-tert-butylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 3-diphenylamino Phenyl, 4-diphenylaminophenyl, 3-bis(2-indolylphenyl)aminophenyl, 3-bis(4-methylphenyl)aminophenyl, 2-decyloxy Phenyl, 3-decyloxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,6-diethyl stupyl, 2 , diisopropylphenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl, 2,3, 4, 5,6-pentafluorophenyl, 2,6-dioxyloxy Base, 3, 4, 5-trimethoxy, 3, 5-dimethoxy, 3, 5-di-t-butyl or 3, 5-di-t-butylmethoxy, more preferably phenyl, 2- Nonylphenyl, 4-mercaptophenyl, 4-tert-butyl | 324204 46 201249850 Phenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 3-diphenylaminobenzene , 4-diphenylaminophenyl, 3-bis(2-indolylphenyl)aminophenyl, 2-decyloxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4- Oxyphenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, 2,6-diethylphenyl, 2,6-difluorophenyl, 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl, 2, 3 , 4, 5, 6-pentafluorophenyl, 2,6-dimethoxy, 3,5-dimethoxy or 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-methoxy, very preferably benzene Base, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-diphenylaminophenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl or , 5-di-tert-butyl- 4-decyloxy, particularly preferably unsubstituted phenyl.

Ar*係較佳為丨，2-伸苯基、丨，3_伸苯基、1>4_伸苯基、 3甲基-1，2-伸苯基、4-曱基-1，2-伸苯基、5-曱基-1，2-伸苯基、6-甲基-i，2-伸苯基、6_丁基_i，2_伸苯基、6一甲 氧基-1，2-伸苯基、6一曱基_j_，3_伸苯基、6曱基4伸笨 基、6-甲氧基-1，3-伸苯基或6一氟y，3一伸苯基， 更佳為丨’2-伸苯基、1，3-伸苯基、1,4-伸笨基、6-曱基_1’ 2一伸苯基、6一曱基—1，3-伸苯基、6-甲基-1, 4-伸苯 基、6-甲氧基伸苯基或6_氟_13_伸苯基， 甚佳為丨，2-伸苯基、1，3-伸苯基、1,4-伸笨基、6-曱基-1，3-伸苯基或6_氣_丨，3_伸苯基， 特。佳為丨，2-伸苯基、1，3-伸苯基或1,4-伸苯基。 Y係較佳為-CH2-或-〇_，更佳為_〇_。 γ 係較佳為-C(CH3)2-、-〇-、-Si(CH3)2-、-Si(n-C6H13): 5 .( h)2 更佳為-C(CH3)2-、-Si(CH3)2-或-Si(Ph)2- 324204 47 201249850 特佳為-Si(CH3): 在前述L1之構造例中，較佳為藉 至Ba8或Bel至Bell所表示之分八如1至Aa31、Bal 至Aa31和Bel至Bell之任何一絲—更4為藉由式Aal 種表示之分子，甚佳為藉 由式Aal至Aa31之任何一種表干八 ’’、 恨衣不之分子，特佳為藉由式The Ar* system is preferably an anthracene, a 2-phenylene group, a fluorene group, a 3-phenylene group, a 1>4-phenylene group, a 3-methyl-1,2-phenylene group, and a 4-mercapto-1,2 group. - phenyl, 5-mercapto-1,2-phenylene, 6-methyl-i, 2-phenylene, 6-butyl-i, 2-phenylene, 6-methoxy- 1,2-extended phenyl, 6-fluorenyl _j_, 3_phenylene, 6 fluorenyl 4, stearyl, 6-methoxy-1,3-phenyl or 6-fluoroy, 3 Phenyl group, more preferably 丨'2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, 1,4-extended, 6-fluorenyl-1'-2-phenylene, 6-fluorenyl-1,3 - phenyl, 6-methyl-1,4-phenylene, 6-methoxyphenyl or 6-fluoro-13-phenyl, most preferably oxime, 2-phenylene, 1,3 - phenyl, 1,4-extended, 6-fluorenyl-1,3-phenylene or 6-gas 丨, 3 phenyl, special. Preferably, it is 2-phenyl, 1,3-phenyl or 1,4-phenyl. The Y system is preferably -CH2- or -〇_, more preferably _〇_. The γ system is preferably -C(CH3)2-, -〇-, -Si(CH3)2-, -Si(n-C6H13): 5 . (h)2 is more preferably -C(CH3)2-, -Si(CH3)2- or -Si(Ph)2- 324204 47 201249850 Terp is -Si(CH3): In the structural example of the above L1, it is preferable to borrow eight points represented by Ba8 or Bel to Bell. Such as 1 to Aa31, Bal to Aa31 and any one of Bel to Bell - 4 is a molecule represented by the formula Aal, and it is better to use any of the formulas Aal to Aa31 to dry eight'', hate the clothes Molecule

Aal、Aa2、Aa7、AalO、Aall、Aal6、Aal9、Aa2〇、Aa25、Aal, Aa2, Aa7, AalO, Aall, Aal6, Aal9, Aa2〇, Aa25,

Aa26、Aa27、Aa28、Aa29、Aa30 或 Aa31 表示之分子。 作為L1之更加具體之構造例係列舉下列之式Aa2’ 、A molecule represented by Aa26, Aa27, Aa28, Aa29, Aa30 or Aa31. As a more specific structural example of L1, the following formula Aa2',

Aa4’、Aal3’、Aa20’、Aa25’、Bal’、Ba3’、Ba5’ 、Aa4', Aal3', Aa20', Aa25', Bal', Ba3', Ba5',

Ba6’ 、Ba7’ 、Bcl’ 、Bc4’ 、Bc9’ 及 Bell’ 所表示之 分子。 324204 48 201249850Molecules represented by Ba6', Ba7', Bcl', Bc4', Bc9' and Bell'. 324204 48 201249850

324204 49 201249850324204 49 201249850

R71R71

BarBar

Bc1V L1係在前述之構造例中，較佳為式Aa2’ Aal3’ 、Aa20’ 、Aa25’ 、Bcl’ 、Bc4’ 、Bc9’ 所表示之分子，更佳為Aa2’ 、Aa4’ 、Aal3’ Aa25’或Bel’所表示之分子，甚佳為Aa2’ 、Aa4’ 、 或 Bell’ 、Aa20，、 .Aa20，、 324204 50 201249850The Bc1V L1 is preferably a molecule represented by the formula Aa2'Aal3', Aa20', Aa25', Bcl', Bc4', Bc9', and more preferably Aa2', Aa4', Aal3' Aa25 in the above-mentioned structural examples. The molecule represented by 'or Bel', preferably Aa2', Aa4', or Bell', Aa20, .Aa20,, 324204 50 201249850

Aa25’或Bci,所表示之分子。 組成式（1)之L2係具有選自由磁眉早 ^ 子、护居2 * 錢目由秘原子、虱原子、氧原 4子、_料、氧_子和硫_子所組成群组之 原子或離子作為可以配位於Cu+之原子或離子之分子。厂 具有之可以配位於W之原子及離子之總數係2個。 =成式⑴所表示之銅錯合物，“較佳為配位於 =以配㈣糾成為單舰位基，也可以配位於& 配位基。 職械位於（V而成為二座 L2之碳原子數係通常為2至25〇 # A 4 « icn ^ 干又丨王馬3至200，更 *、，、至150，甚佳為6至100，特佳為1〇至8〇。 作為L係較佳為下列之式（E)所表示之分子 Q丨E-W ⑻ ° (在式(E)中，Q、，p(ir)2、_(p=〇)(R,2E -_，2、氫氧基、_。-、縣、债、疏基 二或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮 原子雜衣式化合物除h個氫原子之基，2個 同或相異’ 2個QlE係可以鍵結*形成環。、 獨立地成為氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之皆係刀别 50之烴基，R-及IT係分別獨立地成為氣原=子=至 具有取代基之碳原子數1至3G之烧基，2個f，可f ^ *v 、9 伽 P12E、 2個R13E、2個R14> 2個C係可相同或相異。 R係2價基或直接鍵。但是’ r2e為直 j ^ΐτ 2 個Q1E之任何一種為由可以具有取代基之含氣原子四弋 324204 51 201249850 化合物除去1個氫原子之基。選自由R11E、Rm、R丨3E、Rl4E、 R15E、R16E、R2E以及由可以具有取代基之含氮原子雜環除去 1個氫原子之基所組成群組之2個以上之基係可以任意地 鍵結而形成環。） RUE至rME之可以具有取代基之烴基之烴基例子及較佳 例係分別相同於前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)及（Be) 所表示之分子中之可以具有取代基之烴基之烴基例子及較 佳例。1^11£至R14E之可以具有取代基之烴基之可以具有之取 代基之例子及較佳例係也分別相同於前述之式（Aa)、 (Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)及（Be)所表示之分子中之可以具有取代 基之烴基之可以具有之取代基之例子及較佳例。 R15E&R16Ei可以具有取代基之烷基之烷基例子及較佳 例係分別相同於前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)及（Be) 所表示之分子中之可以具有取代基之烷基之烷基例子及較 佳例。R15E & R16E之可以具有取代基之烷基而可以具有之取 代基之例子及較佳例係也相同於前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、 (Ba)、（Bb)及（Be)所表示之分子中之可以具有取代基之烷 基而可以具有之取代基之例子及較佳例。 Q1E之可以具有取代基之含氮原子雜環式化合物之含 氮原子雜環式化合物例子係Π比咬、塔哄、喊α定、Π比哄、三 哄、喹淋、異喹啉、咪唑、吡唑、曙唑、售唑、卩f二唑、 噻二唑、吖二唑及吖啶’較佳為吡啶、咪唑、喹啉及異喹 啉，更佳為吡啶、咪唑及喹啉，甚佳為吡啶。 作為該含氣原子雜式化合物可以具有之取代基係 324204 52 201249850 列舉例如鹵素原子、碳原子數1至50之烴基、碳原子數1 至24之烴氧基和碳原子數12至24之二芳基胺基， 較佳為氟原子、氯原子、漠原子、峨原子、三氟甲基、 二氣曱基、曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、 第二丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二 基、十八烷基、廿二烷基、環戊基、環己基、環辛基、環 十二基、降莰烯基、金鋼烧基、乙烯基、丙稀基、3-丁烯 基、2-丁稀基、2-戊烯基、苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、2-甲 基苯基、3-曱基苯基、4-曱基苯基、2-曱氧基苯基、3-甲 氧基苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、4-乙基苯基、4-丙基苯基、4-第二丁基苯基、4-己基苯基、4-環己基苯基、4-金鋼烧基 笨基、2-苯基苯基、9-苐基、苯基甲基、丨-苯基乙基、2_ 笨基乙基、曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、己氧基、 笨氧基、二苯基胺基、雙（2-曱基苯基）胺基、雙（3-甲基苯 基）胺基、雙（4-曱基苯基）胺基、雙（4-第三丁基苯基）胺基 和二萘基胺基， 更佳為氟原子、氣原子、溴原子、三氟甲基、曱基、 乙基·、丙基、異丙基、丁基、第三丁基、己基、辛基、十 二基、十八烷基、環己基、金鋼烷基、乙烯基、苯基、2一 甲基苯基、2-曱氧基苯基、4-甲氧基苯基、4-第三丁基苯 基、2-苯基苯基、9-苐基、苯基曱基、1-苯基乙基、甲氧 基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、己氧基、苯氧基、二苯基 胺基、雙（2-甲基苯基）胺基、雙（3-曱基苯基）胺基、雙（4-甲基本基）胺基以及雙（4-第二丁基苯基）胺基， 324204 53 201249850 甚佳為氣原子、氣原子、漠原子、甲基、異丙基、丁 基、己基、苯基甲基、曱氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基、己氧基、 苯氧基以及二苯基胺基， 特佳為氣原子、氣原子、甲基、丁基、甲氧基和丁氧 基。 /該含氮原子雜環式化合物可以具有之該取代基之數 目係較佳為0至4個，更佳為〇至3個，甚佳為〇至2個， 特佳為1至2個。 R2Ei 2價基之例子以及較佳例係相同於前述之R2x^ 表示之2價基之例子以及較佳例。 在前述之式（E)所表示之分子，2個Q1E之組合係較佳 為2個-P(R )2、2個-As(R14E)2、2個由可以具有取代基之 含氮原子雜環式化合物除去1個氫原子之基、和 -P(R11E)2 各一個、-C〇2 和-P(R11E)2 各一個、或者是和 -P(R"E)2各一個，更佳為2個-P(RnE)2、或者是2個由可以 具有取代基之含氮原子雜環式化合物除去1個氫原子之 基，甚佳為2個-P(R11E)2。 作為前述L2之構造例係列舉可以具有取代基之下列之 式al至a37、bl至bll、cl至c39以及dl至d30所表示 之分子。 324204 54 201249850Aa25' or Bci, the molecule represented. The L2 system of the formula (1) has a group selected from the group consisting of a magnetic eyebrow, a protective 2*, a secret atom, a germanium atom, an oxygenogen 4, a material, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur. An atom or ion acts as a molecule that can be assigned to an atom or ion of Cu+. The factory has two totals of atoms and ions that can be assigned to W. = The copper complex represented by the formula (1), "preferably in the distribution = to match the (four) to become a single ship base, can also be located in the & ligand. The service is located in (V and become the two L2 The number of carbon atoms is usually 2 to 25 〇 # A 4 « icn ^ Dry and 丨王马 3 to 200, more *,,, to 150, very preferably 6 to 100, especially preferably 1 to 8 inches. The L system is preferably a molecule Q丨EW (8) ° represented by the following formula (E) (in the formula (E), Q, p(ir) 2, _(p=〇) (R, 2E - _, 2, a hydroxyl group, _.-, county, debt, base 2 or a nitrogen-containing heterogeneous compound which may have a substituent, except for the base of h hydrogen atoms, 2 identical or different '2 QlE The ring may be bonded to form a ring, or independently become a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and the R- and IT systems independently become a gas atom = sub = = to a carbon atom having a substituent Number 1 to 3G of the burning group, 2 f, f ^ * v , 9 gamma P12E, 2 R13E, 2 R14 > 2 C systems may be the same or different. R is a 2 valent group or a direct bond. ' r2e is straight j ^ ΐτ 2 of any Q1E is possible to have a substituent Gas atom tetrahydrogen 324204 51 201249850 The compound is removed from the group of one hydrogen atom, and is selected from R11E, Rm, R丨3E, Rl4E, R15E, R16E, R2E and a hydrogen atom-containing heterocyclic ring which may have a substituent. Two or more groups of the groups formed by the groups may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring.) Examples of the hydrocarbon group of the hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent of RUE to rME and preferred examples are the same as the above formula (Aa) Examples of the hydrocarbon group of the hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent in the molecule represented by (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be), and preferred examples. Hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent from 1 to 11 £ to R14E Examples and preferred examples of the substituent which may be present are also the same as those which may have a substituent in the molecule represented by the above formulas (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be) Examples and preferred examples of the substituent which may be possessed. Examples of the alkyl group of the alkyl group which may have a substituent of R15E&R16Ei and preferred examples are the same as the above formula (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), An alkyl group of an alkyl group which may have a substituent in the molecule represented by (Bb) and (Be) And preferred examples of R15E & R16E which may have a substituent and may have a substituent, and preferred examples are also the same as the above formula (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), Examples and preferred examples of the substituent which may have an alkyl group which may have a substituent in the molecule represented by Bb) and (Be). The nitrogen atom of the nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic compound which may have a substituent of Q1E Examples of heterocyclic compounds are Π, 哄, α 定, Π, 哄, triterpenes, quinone, isoquinoline, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, azole, 卩f diazole, thiadiazole The oxadiazole and acridine are preferably pyridine, imidazole, quinoline and isoquinoline, more preferably pyridine, imidazole or quinoline, and very preferably pyridine. As the gas atom-containing hetero compound, the substituent system may be 324204 52 201249850. For example, a halogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 12 to 24 may be mentioned. An arylamine group, preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a desert atom, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, a di-mercapto group, a decyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, Second butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, decadienyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclooctyl, ring twelve Base, norbornyl, ruthenium, vinyl, propyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butyryl, 2-pentenyl, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-mercaptophenyl, 4-nonylphenyl, 2-decyloxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-ethylbenzene Base, 4-propylphenyl, 4-second butylphenyl, 4-hexylphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, 4-gold-steel base, 2-phenylphenyl, 9-anthracene Base, phenylmethyl, fluorenyl-phenylethyl, 2_phenylethyl, decyloxy, ethoxy, propoxy , butoxy, hexyloxy, phenyloxy, diphenylamino, bis(2-mercaptophenyl)amine, bis(3-methylphenyl)amine, bis(4-mercaptobenzene) Amino group, bis(4-t-butylphenyl)amino group and dinaphthylamino group, more preferably a fluorine atom, a gas atom, a bromine atom, a trifluoromethyl group, a decyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group Base, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, hexyl, octyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, cyclohexyl, gold alkyl, vinyl, phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2 - nonyloxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 2-phenylphenyl, 9-fluorenyl, phenylfluorenyl, 1-phenylethyl, methoxy Base, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, phenoxy, diphenylamino, bis(2-methylphenyl)amine, bis(3-mercaptophenyl)amine Base, bis(4-methylphenyl)amine and bis(4-secondbutylphenyl)amine, 324204 53 201249850 Very good for gas atom, gas atom, desert atom, methyl, isopropyl, butyl Base, hexyl, phenylmethyl, decyloxy, ethoxy, butoxy, hexyloxy, phenoxy and diphenyl Group, particularly preferably gas atoms, gas atom, methyl, butyl, methoxy and butoxy. The nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic compound may have a number of the substituents of preferably from 0 to 4, more preferably from 3 to 3, still more preferably from 2 to 2, particularly preferably from 1 to 2. Examples and preferred examples of the R2Ei 2 valence group are the same as the above-described examples of the valent group represented by R2x^ and preferred examples. In the molecule represented by the above formula (E), the combination of two Q1Es is preferably two -P(R)2, two -As(R14E)2, and two nitrogen-containing atoms which may have a substituent. The heterocyclic compound is one in which one hydrogen atom is removed, one each of -P(R11E)2, one each of -C〇2 and -P(R11E)2, or one each of -P(R"E)2. More preferably, it is two -P(RnE) 2 or two groups in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic compound which may have a substituent, and is preferably two -P(R11E)2. As the structural examples of the above L2, the molecules represented by the following formulas a1 to a37, bl to bll, cl to c39, and dl to d30 which may have a substituent are mentioned. 324204 54 201249850

324204 55 201249850324204 55 201249850

^.Bu c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6^.Bu c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6

c20 c21 c22 c23 c24 c25C20 c21 c22 c23 c24 c25

c26 c27C26 c27

c28C28

c30C30

c34 c35C34 c35

c37C37

c38 c39 56 324204 201249850C38 c39 56 324204 201249850

?H ?)1 SMeSMe OH SMe SMe COOH OH COO 〇〇 0¾ ob Sb d11 d13 d14 d15?H ?)1 SMeSMe OH SMe SMe COOH OH COO 〇〇 03⁄4 ob Sb d11 d13 d14 d15

^27 d28 d29 d30 在前述之式al至a37、bl至bll、cl至c39、dl至 d30所表示之分子中，l2係較佳為式ai至a16、a25至a37、 cl至c6、cl2至c39、d22至d24或d26所表示之分子， 更佳為式al至a2、a4至a8、al0至al2、al5至al6、 a25 至 a32、cl 至 c4、cl4 至 c39、d22、d23 或 d26 所表 不之分子， 甚佳為式 a2、a4 至 a7、alO、al5、a25 至 a26、a30 至 a32、c3、cl5、cl7 至 c25、c28 至 c39、d22、d23 或 324204 57 201249850 d26所表不之分子， 特佳為式 a6、a7、a25、a26、a31、c3、cl5、c22 或 c 2 3所表不之分子。 在組成式（1)中，L3係具有1個選自由磷原子、氮原子、 氧原子、硫原子、砷原子、氧陰離子及硫陰離子所組成群 組之原子或離子作為可以配位於Cu+之原子或離子之分子。 L3之碳原子數係通常為2至15〇，較佳為3至ι〇〇，更 佳為4至75，甚佳為5至60，特佳為6至50。 L3係較佳為藉由可以具有取代基之含氮原子雜環式化 合物表示之分子、P(R11F)3所表示之分子、（P=〇)(ri2f)3 表不之分子、（p=S)(R13F)3所表示之分子、As(ruf)3所^ 之”分子、R15F-〇H所表示之分子、RW-o-所表示之離子: R -C〇2H所表示之分子、R18F-C(V所表示之離子、 表不之分子、R2°F-S-所表示之離子、R21F-S〇3H所表示之= 子、R22P-S〇3—所表示之離子、N-(R23卩》所表示之離 刀 疋N(R24F)3所表示之分子。 s者 在此，1^1?至1^231?係分別獨立地成為氫原子或者是。、 具有取代基之碳原子數i至5Q之煙基。R24F係可以^可以 代基之碳原子數丨至3G之絲。3個R11P 、有取 η13Ρ 丨Η K > 〇 , 、3個R14F、3個『和3個R24F係可相同或相異。 在3個RnF中之任意之2個以上係可以鰱結而形 個R12F中之任意之2個以上係可以鍵結而避 個R13F中之任意之2個以上係可以鍵結而形衣， 個R14F中之杠立> 〇⑹ 成環，在3 之任思之2個以上係可以鍵結而形成 324204 58 201249850 係可以鍵結而形成環，纟3個R⑽中之任意之2個以上係 可以鍵結而形成環。 作為L3之可以具有取代基之含氮原子雜環式化合物之 含氮原子雜環式化合物例子及較佳例係相同於前述L 2中之 •可以具有取代基之含氮原子雜環式化合物之例子及較佳 例。作為L3之可以具有取代基之含氮原子雜環式化合物而 可以具有之取代基之例子及較佳例係也相同於前述l2中之 了以v、有取代基之含氮原子雜環式化合物而可以具有之取 代基之例子及較佳例。 R ·垔R23Fi可以具有取代基之烴基之烴基例子及較佳 例子係分別相同於前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)&(Bc) 所表示之分子中之可以具有取代基之烴基之烴基例子及較 佳例。^11?至r23F之可以具有取代基之烴基而可以具有之取 代基之例子及較佳例子係也分別相同於前述之式（Aa)、 (Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)及（Be)所表示之分子中之可以具有取代 基之烴基而可以具有之取代基之例子及較佳例。 R24P之可以具有取代基之烷基之烷基例子及較佳例係 相同於前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)及（Be)所表示之 分子中可以具有之取代基之烷基之例子及較佳例之可 以具有取代基之烷基而可以具有之取代基之例子及較佳例 係也相同於前述之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)及（Be)所表 示之分子中之可以具有取代基之烷基而可以具有之取代基 之例子及較佳例。 L3係較佳為藉由可以具有取代基之含氮原子雜環式化 324204 59^27 d28 d29 d30 In the above-mentioned formula a to a37, bl to bll, cl to c39, dl to d30, the l2 is preferably a formula ai to a16, a25 to a37, cl to c6, cl2 to a molecule represented by c39, d22 to d24 or d26, more preferably a form a to a2, a4 to a8, al0 to al2, al5 to al6, a25 to a32, cl to c4, cl4 to c39, d22, d23 or d26 Molecular, very preferred are formulas a2, a4 to a7, alO, al5, a25 to a26, a30 to a32, c3, cl5, cl7 to c25, c28 to c39, d22, d23 or 324204 57 201249850 d26 The molecule is particularly preferably a molecule represented by the formula a6, a7, a25, a26, a31, c3, cl5, c22 or c 2 3 . In the composition formula (1), the L3 system has one atom or ion selected from the group consisting of a phosphorus atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an arsenic atom, an oxyanion, and a sulfur anion as an atom which can be coordinated to Cu+. Or the molecule of ions. The carbon number of L3 is usually 2 to 15 Å, preferably 3 to ι, more preferably 4 to 75, still more preferably 5 to 60, particularly preferably 6 to 50. L3 is preferably a molecule represented by a heterocyclic compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent, a molecule represented by P(R11F)3, or a molecule represented by (P=〇)(ri2f)3, (p= S) a molecule represented by (R13F)3, a molecule of As(ruf)3, a molecule represented by R15F-〇H, an ion represented by RW-o-: a molecule represented by R-C〇2H, R18F-C (the ion represented by V, the molecule represented by R, the ion represented by R2°FS-, the ion represented by R21F-S〇3H, the ion represented by R22P-S〇3), N-(R23分子 所 所 所 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( The nicotine base of i to 5Q. The R24F system can be a carbon atom with a number of 丨 to 3G. 3 R11P, η13Ρ 丨Η K > 〇, 3 R14F, 3 ′′ and 3 R24F Any two or more of the three RnFs may be kneaded, and any two or more of the R12Fs may be bonded to avoid any one of the R13Fs. Bonded and shaped, a bar in R14F> 〇(6) Rings, two or more of the three can be bonded to form 324204 58 201249850 can be bonded to form a ring, and any two or more of the three R (10) can be bonded to form a ring. Examples of the nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic compound which may have a nitrogen atom heterocyclic compound having a substituent, and preferred examples are the same as those of the nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic compound which may have a substituent in the above L 2 A preferred example of the substituent which may have a substituent of the nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic compound which may have a substituent of L3, and a preferred example are also the same as the nitrogen-containing hetero atom having a substituent at the above-mentioned 12 Examples and preferred examples of the substituent which the cyclic compound may have. Examples of the hydrocarbon group of the hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent of R·垔R23Fi and preferred examples are the same as the above formula (Aa), (Ab), and (Ba), respectively. And (Bb) & (Bc), examples of the hydrocarbon group of the hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent in the molecule, and preferred examples. Examples of the substituent which may have a hydrocarbon group of the substituent of the group 11 to r23F And the preferred examples are also separate Examples and preferred examples of the substituent which may have a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent in the molecule represented by the above formulas (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be). Examples and preferred examples of the alkyl group which may have a substituent alkyl group are the same as those which may be contained in the molecule represented by the above formulas (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) and (Be). Examples of the alkyl group and preferred examples of the alkyl group which may have a substituent and may have a substituent are also the same as the above formula (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) And examples of preferred substituents which may be possessed by an alkyl group which may have a substituent in the molecule represented by (Be). L3 is preferably heterocyclized by a nitrogen-containing atom which may have a substituent 324204 59

S 201249850 合物表示之分子、P(R"〇3所表示之分子、^、〇_所表示之 離子、R 18F-C(V所表示之離子、所表示之離子、d 所表示之離子以及N-〇〇2所表示之離子，更佳為藉由^ 以属^有取代基之含氮原子雜環式化合物表示之分子、 P(R )3所表示之分子以及R2〇F_s—所表示之離子，甚佳為藉 由含氮原子雜環式化合物表示之分子以及p(RllF)3所表示 之分子，特佳為P(R丨丨F)3所表示之分子。 作為前述L3之構造例係列舉可以具有取代基之下列之 式el至e32所表示之分子。 324204 201249850S 201249850 conjugated molecule, P (R" 分子3 represents the molecule, ^, 〇_ represents the ion, R 18F-C (the ion represented by V, the ion represented, the ion represented by d, and The ion represented by N-〇〇2 is more preferably represented by a molecule represented by a nitrogen atom-containing heterocyclic compound having a substituent, a molecule represented by P(R)3, and R2〇F_s- The ion is preferably a molecule represented by a heterocyclic compound containing a nitrogen atom and a molecule represented by p(R11F)3, particularly preferably a molecule represented by P(R丨丨F) 3. As the structure of the aforementioned L3 The series of molecules may have the substituents represented by the following formulas el to e32. 324204 201249850

在前述之式el至e32所表示之分子中，L3係較佳為式 el 至 el3、ei6 至 e20、e25、e26、e28 或 e32 所表示之分 子或離子’更佳為藉由el至e13及ei6至e20之任何一種 表示之分子，甚佳為藉由el至el3之任何一種表示之分子。 在組成式（1)所表示之銅錯合物，X1係陰離子。具體地 列舉例如鹵化物離子（例如氟化物離子、氯化物離子、溴化 324204 201249850 子）、_細請料、六氟磷酸鹽離子、 八氟錄酸鹽離子、六㈣離子、三氟甲糾_子、 乙酸離子、肆（五氟織）硼-氟 一子、乙酸離子、過氯酸離子離 本續酸離子、對甲料酸離子、十二絲俩 笨 基顺酸歸子、以及包含具有這⑽子之錢單元之= 子化。物。較佳為自化物離子、四氟硼酸鹽離子、 酸鹽離子或三氟甲糾酸離子，更佳化物離子:、甚佳 為氣化物離子、溴化物離子或碘化物離子。 在組成式⑴中，a係超過0.5之數，較佳為〇 5以上、 2.0以下之數’更佳為〇.5以上、15以下之數甚佳為 0.9以上、1.5以下之數，特佳為1()。 在組成式（1)中，b係〇以上之數，較佳為〇至丨.5之 數，更佳為0至1. 〇之數，甚佳為〇至〇. 3之數或〇， 特佳為0。 在組成式（1)中，C係〇以上之數，較佳為〇至15之 數，更佳為0至1.0之數，甚佳為〇至〇 3之數或1〇, 特佳為0。 在組成式（1)中，d係0以上之數、較佳為0 5至15 之數或0、更佳為0.6至1.0之數或〇、甚佳為〇.7至1.3 之數、特佳為1. 0。 本發明之銅錯合物係可以是單核錯合物、2核錯合物 及3核錯合物以上之錯合物之任何一種，也可以是該等之 混合物’但是’較佳為單核錯合物或2核錯合物，更佳為 324204 62 201249850 單核錯合物。 在表1-1及表1-2,顯示本發明之銅錯合物之具體例。 此外，各化合物編號之化合物之前述組成式（1)之a、b、〇 、C及d 及d之數係省略於表及矣彳9 各化合物之，、⑴及表二 之5己载’而得到適當之數。 在表1-1及表1-2中 」係表示不包含之意義。 324204 63 201249850 [表 1-1 ] 〈表 1 -1&gt; 化合物編號 L1 L2 L3 X1 化合物編號 Ll V L3 X1 1 Aa2’ - - Γ 42 Aa25， _ el9 BFr 2 Aa2， - - cr 43 Aa25’ c3 - Γ 3 Aa2， - - Br' 44 Bar - - F' 4 Aa2， - - Γ 45 Bel' - - cr 5 Aa2’ - - m 46 Bar - - Br 6 Aa2， - - ?¥i 47 Bar - - Γ 7 Aa2’ - - NO， 48 Bal’ - - BFr 8 Aa2， - - CF孤· 49 Ba3’ - - F_ 9 Aa2’ - - BPh， 50 Ba3， - - cr 10 Aa2， - el cr 51 Ba3’ - - Br 11 Aa2， - el3 Br&quot; 52 Ba3’ - - Γ 12 Aa2， - el6 Γ 53 Ba3’ - - BFr 13 Aa2’ - el9 m 54 Ba5， - - F_ 14 Aa2， c3 - r 55 Ba5’ - - cr 15 Aa4， - - 「 56 Ba5’ - - Br 16 Aa4， - - cr 57 Ba5， - - Γ 17 Aa4’ - - Br' 58 Ba5， - - BF， 18 Aa4’ - - Γ 59 Ba6’ - - F_ 19 Aa4， - - m 60 Ba6’ - - cr 20 Aal3, - - F_ 61 Ba6， - - Br· 21 Aal3’ - - cr 62 Ba6’ - - Γ 22 Aal3, - - Br' 63 Ba6， - - BF4' 23 Aal3’ - - Γ 64 Ba7, - - F_ 24 Aal3’ - - m 65 Ba7， - - cr 25 Aa20, - - F_ 66 Ba7’ - - Br· 26 Aa20, - - cr 67 BaT - - Γ 27 Aa20’ - - Br 68 BaT - - BFr 28 Aa20’ - - Γ 69 Bel， - - Γ 29 Aa20, - - BFr 70 Bel， - - cr 30 Aa25, - - 71 Bel’ - - Br 31 Aa25, - - cr 72 Bel， - - Γ 32 Aa25’ - - Br 73 Bel’ - - BF/ 33 Aa25, - - Γ 74 Bc4’ c22 - F_ 34 Aa25, - - BF4* 75 Bc4， c22 - cr 35 Aa25, - - pf6· 76 Bc4， - - Br&quot; 36 Aa25. - - n〇3- 77 Bc4’ - - Γ 37 Aa25, - - CF3SO3· 78 Bc4’ - - BF4' 38 Aa25, - - mi 79 Bc9’ - - Γ 39 Aa25, - el cr 80 Bc9’ - - cr 40 Aa25, - el3 Br 81 Bc9’ - - Br— 41 Aa25, - el6 Γ 82 Bc9’ - - Γ 324204 64 201249850 [表 1-2] 〈表 1_2&gt; 化合物編號 L1 L2 L3 X1 83 Bc9’ — — BFr 84 Bc9’ — 一 PF6- 85 Bell’ 一 — Γ 86 Bell’ — - cr 87 Bell’ 一 一 Br_ 88 Bell’ - — Γ 89 Bell’ — 一 bf4— 在表1-1及表1-2所表示之組合中，較佳為化合物編 號1至43及69至89所表示之組合，更佳為化合物編號1 至43所表示之組合，甚佳為化合物編號1至9及25至38 所表示之組合，特佳為化合物編號2至5、26至29及31 至34所表示之組合。 以下，顯示本發明之銅錯合物之代表例。式4’ 、31’ 、 58’ 、78’及84’所表示之錯合物係分別為具有前述之化 合物編號4、31、58、78及84所表示之組合之代表性之錯 合物。 324204 65 201249850In the molecules represented by the above formulas el to e32, the L3 system is preferably a molecule or ion represented by the formulas el to el3, ei6 to e20, e25, e26, e28 or e32, more preferably from el to e13 and A molecule represented by any one of ei6 to e20 is preferably a molecule represented by any one of el to el3. In the composition of the copper complex represented by the formula (1), the X1 is an anion. Specifically, for example, halide ions (for example, fluoride ions, chloride ions, bromine 324204 201249850), _ fine materials, hexafluorophosphate ions, octafluorophosphate ions, hexa(tetra) ions, trifluoromethyl _, acetic acid ion, quinone (pentafluorowoven) boron-fluorine one, acetic acid ion, perchlorate ion away from the acid ion, the para-acid acid ion, the twelve filaments, and the inclusion The sub-ization of the money unit with this (10) child. Things. Preferably, it is a self-organic ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, an acid salt ion or a trifluoromethyl acid ion, and a better ion: a gas ion, a bromide ion or an iodide ion. In the composition formula (1), a is more than 0.5, preferably 〇5 or more, and 2.0 or less is more preferably 5.5 or more, and 15 or less is preferably 0.9 or more and 1.5 or less. Is 1 (). In the composition formula (1), the number of b is more than 〇, preferably from 〇 to 丨.5, more preferably from 0 to 1. 〇, the number is preferably 〇 to 〇. Very good is 0. In the composition formula (1), the number above the C system is preferably from 〇 to 15, more preferably from 0 to 1.0, and most preferably from 〇 to 〇3 or 1 〇, particularly preferably 0. . In the composition formula (1), d is a number of 0 or more, preferably a number of 0 5 to 15 or 0, more preferably a number of 0.6 to 1.0 or 〇, very preferably a number of 〇.7 to 1.3, Good is 1. 0. The copper complex of the present invention may be any one of a mononuclear complex, a 2-nuclear complex and a complex of a 3-nuclear complex or a mixture of the above, but the mixture is preferably a single A nuclear complex or a 2-nuclear complex is more preferably 324204 62 201249850 mononuclear complex. Specific examples of the copper complex of the present invention are shown in Table 1-1 and Table 1-2. In addition, the numbers of a, b, 〇, C, and d and d of the above compound formula (1) of each compound number are omitted in the table and 矣彳9 compounds, and (1) and And get the right amount. In Table 1-1 and Table 1-2, the meaning is not included. 324204 63 201249850 [Table 1-1] <Table 1 -1> Compound No. L1 L2 L3 X1 Compound No. Ll V L3 X1 1 Aa2' - - Γ 42 Aa25, _ el9 BFr 2 Aa2, - - cr 43 Aa25' c3 - Γ 3 Aa2, - - Br' 44 Bar - - F' 4 Aa2, - - Γ 45 Bel' - - cr 5 Aa2' - - m 46 Bar - - Br 6 Aa2, - - ?¥i 47 Bar - - Γ 7 Aa2' - - NO, 48 Bal' - - BFr 8 Aa2, - - CF orphan · 49 Ba3' - - F_ 9 Aa2' - - BPh, 50 Ba3, - - cr 10 Aa2, - el cr 51 Ba3' - - Br 11 Aa2, - el3 Br&quot; 52 Ba3' - - Γ 12 Aa2, - el6 Γ 53 Ba3' - - BFr 13 Aa2' - el9 m 54 Ba5, - - F_ 14 Aa2, c3 - r 55 Ba5' - - Cr 15 Aa4, - - " 56 Ba5' - - Br 16 Aa4, - - cr 57 Ba5, - - Γ 17 Aa4' - - Br' 58 Ba5, - - BF, 18 Aa4' - - Γ 59 Ba6' - - F_ 19 Aa4, - - m 60 Ba6' - - cr 20 Aal3, - - F_ 61 Ba6, - - Br· 21 Aal3' - - cr 62 Ba6' - - Γ 22 Aal3, - - Br' 63 Ba6, - - BF4' 23 Aal3' - - Γ 64 Ba7, - - F_ 24 Aal3' - - m 65 Ba7, - - cr 25 Aa20, - - F_ 66 Ba7' - - Br· 26 Aa20, - - cr 67 BaT - - Γ 27 Aa20' - - Br 68 BaT - - BFr 28 Aa20' - - Γ 69 Bel, - - Γ 29 Aa20, - - BFr 70 Bel, - - cr 30 Aa25, - - 71 Bel' - - Br 31 Aa25, - - cr 72 Bel, - - Γ 32 Aa25' - - Br 73 Bel' - - BF/ 33 Aa25, - - Γ 74 Bc4' C22 - F_ 34 Aa25, - - BF4* 75 Bc4, c22 - cr 35 Aa25, - - pf6· 76 Bc4, - - Br&quot; 36 Aa25. - - n〇3- 77 Bc4' - - Γ 37 Aa25, - - CF3SO3·78 Bc4' - - BF4' 38 Aa25, - - mi 79 Bc9' - - Γ 39 Aa25, - el cr 80 Bc9' - - cr 40 Aa25, - el3 Br 81 Bc9' - - Br- 41 Aa25, - El6 Γ 82 Bc9' - - Γ 324204 64 201249850 [Table 1-2] <Table 1_2> Compound No. L1 L2 L3 X1 83 Bc9' — — BFr 84 Bc9' — A PF6- 85 Bell' One — Γ 86 Bell' — - cr 87 Bell' - Br_ 88 Bell' - Γ 89 Bell' - a bf4 - Among the combinations shown in Table 1-1 and Table 1-2, preferred are compound numbers 1 to 43 and 69 to 89. a combination of representations, more preferably a compound number 1 to 43 The combination shown is preferably a combination of the compound numbers 1 to 9 and 25 to 38, and particularly preferably the combination of the compound numbers 2 to 5, 26 to 29 and 31 to 34. Representative examples of the copper complex of the present invention are shown below. The complex compounds represented by the formulae 4', 31', 58', 78' and 84' are each a representative complex having the combination of the compound numbers 4, 31, 58, 78 and 84 described above. 324204 65 201249850

在本發明之銅錯合物，在L1係具有1個以上之可以具 有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合物中之氮原子作為可以配 位於Cu+之氮原子之狀態下，可以配位於Li中之Cu+之全部 之氮原子和Cu+之距離係較佳為2.40 A以下。氮原子和Cu+ 之距離中，比較短者之鍵能變強，發光強度之持續性呈更 加優異，因此，可以配位於L1中之Cu+之全部之氮原子和In the copper complex of the present invention, the nitrogen atom in the nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound having one or more substituents in the L1 system can be coordinated to Li in a state in which it can be coordinated to the nitrogen atom of Cu+. The distance between all of the nitrogen atoms of Cu+ and Cu+ is preferably 2.40 A or less. Among the distances between the nitrogen atom and Cu+, the bond energy of the shorter one becomes stronger, and the luminescence intensity is more excellent. Therefore, all of the nitrogen atoms of Cu+ located in L1 can be assigned.

Cu+之距離係更佳為2. 30 A以下，甚佳為2. 2.0 A以下，特 佳為2. 18 A以下。 在本發明之銅錯合物，在Li係具有丨個以上之可以具 有取代基之含氮原子5貢環化合物中之氮原子作為可以配 位於Cu+之氮原子之狀態下，可以配位於Ll中之Cu+之全部 之氮原子和Cu+之距離係通常為185 A以上。 324204 66 201249850 可以配位於Cu+之氮原子和cu+之距離係能夠以密度泛 函數法’就銅錯合物之初期構造而藉由進行構造最適當化 計算之方法來求出。舉例而言係使用B3LYp作為泛函數， 使用銅原子作為基底函數，並且，鹵素原子係使用LANL2DZ， 其他之原子則使用6-31G(d)，計算程式係使用Gaussian03 (Gaussian inc·製）。此外，前述組成式（1)之。及L3之任 何一種係不具有可以配位於Cu+之陰離子，並且，在χ1&amp; 祕化物離子、氯化物離子、漠化物離子㈣化物離子之 任何-種之狀態下，總電荷成為+卜在12及l3之任何一種 以上具有可以配位於CU+之陰離子或者是χ1^化物離 子氣化物離子、溴化物離子和蛾化物離子之任何一種 狀態下，總電荷成為〇。 本發明之銅錯合物係例如可以在溶劑中，藉由混合銅 鹽和相當於前述之L、2及L3之分子之方法而進行製造。 —就本發明之銅錯合物之製造方法之例子而言，在列舉 =述之式31’所表示之錯合物來作為例子而進行說明之 八二1 mmol之氣化鋼⑴、i —之八奶，所表示之 二u _⑷如乙腈、二氣甲烧）5〇此，加熱別分鐘程 回*可以藉由過濾、反應液’藉由緩慢地鶴除濾、 tr 行再結晶，而製造前述之式31，絲示之錯 本發明係提供包含前職錯合物之膜。 t明提供之^厚錢下限值通常為i⑽以上， 千又1主馮3 nm以上，p 乂土认 324204 灵佳為5nm以上，甚佳為1〇nm以上， 67 201249850 特佳為20 nm以上。上限值係通常為100 v m以下，較佳為 lOym以下，更彳圭為5/zm以下，甚佳為2. 5/zm以下。膜 係可以包含針孔或凹凸之形狀，但是，較佳為不包含針孔 和凹凸之形狀。 本發明之膜係可以藉由例如包含將任意比例之銅錯 合物和其他成分蒸鍍於基板上之製程之方法、或者是包含 將任意比例之銅錯合物和其他成分塗佈於基板上之製程之 方法而進行製造。較佳為藉由包含將任意比例之銅錯合物 和其他成分懸濁或溶解於溶劑中而塗佈之製程之方法而進 行製造。， 作馮使用於刖述塗佈之製裎之溶劑係列舉例如苯、可 苯、二甲苯、三氣甲烷、1，2-二氯乙烷、1，1，2, 2-四氣ζ 烷、二氣甲烷、四氫呋喃、2—甲基四氫呋喃、14—二呷产 Ν’Ν-二甲基甲酿胺、二甲基亞楓、丙酮、甲基乙基甲二 乙腈、乙酸乙酯、甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、己烷 以及該等之混合物。 机 作為乾燥溶劑之方法之例子係列舉風乾 減壓乾燥、加熱減靨私β 卜 …祀森、 佳為風㈣献：及吹附氣氣而進行之乾燥，車』 佳為風乾或加熱乾燥，更佳為加熱乾燥。 1為塗佈方法係列舉例如旋轉 塗佈法、凹版印刷、土, 供碲忒、次 O—ing)、壓^咖⑽㈣㈣）、桿條塗佈9 ^ ώ ,.輥塗佈法、喷射塗佈法、網版印刷法 佈法、模鎢法、壤』：：以及偏位印刷法’較佳為咖 塗佈法、喷射塗佈法、網版印刷法、 324204 68 201249850 撓曲印刷法、噴墨印刷法以及偏位印刷法。 ^發明之膜係可以包含其他成分。可以在該成分，使 刀子有機材料、向分子有機材料、有機無機複合材料、 」材料以及該等之混合物，可以配合用途而任意地選擇。 作為該成分係列舉例如苐衍生物&quot;比咬街生物、射衍生 物、三哄衍生物、聚并苯衍生物、芳基石夕院衍生物、十坐 :生物、二唾衍生物、㈣衍生物、嗜二飾生物、喃峻 街生物、料纽衍生物、Dtt匈魅物、㈣仙衍生 =伸苯—胺街生物、芳基胺衍生物、胺基取代查克嗣 ichalk:⑽_生物、苯乙縣蒽衍生物、g酮衍生物、膝 何生物二苯乙婦衍生物、錢灿生物、苯乙婦基胺衍 生物、芳香族二次甲烧衍生物”卜琳衍生物、嗟吩寡聚物、 聚嘆吩等之導電性高分子寡聚物、葱酉昆二甲烧衍生物、I _街生物、二苯基酿衍生物&quot;塞喃二氧化物衍生物、碳化 二亞胺衍生物、亞祕甲帥生物、二苯乙烯基娜衍生 物、芳香環（例如萘、花等）四賴野、狄菁（phthalocyanine) 何生物、金屬錯合物（例如8_啥錢衍生物之金屬錯合物、 以金屬醜絲作為隸基之錢錯合物、以料^坐 驗金屬之齒化物、鹼土金屬之氧化 稀土金屬之氧化物或稀 瞰土金屬之齒化物、 鹼土金屬錯合物、稀土金相合物、=、人鹼金屬錯合物、 Γ酸链、過氣酸鐘、過氣駿四丁基=== 69 201249850The Cu+ distance is preferably 2.30 A or less, and more preferably 2. 2.0 A or less, particularly preferably 2.18 A or less. In the copper complex of the present invention, the nitrogen atom in the Li-containing nitrogen-containing 5 tributary compound having more than one substituent in the Li system can be coordinated in the L1 as a nitrogen atom which can be coordinated to the nitrogen atom of Cu+. The distance between all of the nitrogen atoms of Cu+ and Cu+ is usually 185 A or more. 324204 66 201249850 The distance between the nitrogen atom and the cu+ which can be assigned to Cu+ can be determined by the density-general function method from the initial structure of the copper complex by the most appropriate calculation of the structure. For example, B3LYp is used as a general function, a copper atom is used as a basis function, and a halogen atom uses LANL2DZ, and other atoms use 6-31G(d), and a calculation program uses Gaussian03 (manufactured by Gaussian Inc.). Further, the aforementioned composition formula (1). And any one of L3 does not have an anion which can be coordinated to Cu+, and in the state of any one of χ1&amp; secret ion, chloride ion, and desert ion (tetra) ion, the total charge becomes +b at 12 and Any one of l3 has a state in which it can be assigned to an anion of CU+ or a cation ion, a bromide ion, and a moth ion, and the total electric charge becomes 〇. The copper complex of the present invention can be produced, for example, by mixing a copper salt and a molecule corresponding to the above-mentioned molecules of L, 2 and L3 in a solvent. - In the case of the method for producing the copper complex of the present invention, the occluded gas represented by the formula 31' of the formula: The eight milk, the two u _ (4) such as acetonitrile, two gas smoldering) 5 〇, heating the other minutes back * can be filtered, the reaction liquid 'by slow crane filtration, tr recrystallization, and The above formula 31 is produced, and the present invention provides a film comprising a precursor complex. The lower limit of the thick money provided by t Ming is usually i(10) or more, and the thousand and 1 main von is more than 3 nm, and the p 乂 认 324204 is better than 5 nm, which is preferably more than 1 〇 nm, 67 201249850 is preferably 20 nm. the above. The upper limit is usually 100 v m or less, preferably less than 10 μm, more preferably 5/zm or less, and very preferably 2. 5/zm or less. The film may have the shape of a pinhole or a concavity, but it preferably has a shape that does not include pinholes and irregularities. The film system of the present invention may be applied to a substrate by, for example, a method comprising a process of depositing a copper complex and an arbitrary component in an arbitrary ratio on a substrate, or a copper complex and other components in an arbitrary ratio. It is manufactured by the method of the process. It is preferably produced by a process comprising coating a copper complex and an arbitrary component in an arbitrary ratio by suspending or dissolving in a solvent. The series of solvents used in the coating process are, for example, benzene, benzene, xylene, trimethyl methane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrahydrogen decane. , di-methane, tetrahydrofuran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, 14-dioxin, Ν'Ν-dimethyl ketoamine, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetone, methyl ethyl methyl diacetonitrile, ethyl acetate, methanol , ethanol, isopropanol, hexane, and mixtures of these. Examples of the method of using the machine as a drying solvent: air drying, decompression drying, heating, reducing 靥 private β 卜... 祀森, 佳为风(4) offering: and drying with blowing air, the car is preferably air-dried or heated and dried, More preferably, it is heated and dried. 1 is a coating method series such as spin coating method, gravure printing, soil, sputum, secondary O-ing), pressure coffee (10) (four) (four)), bar coating 9 ^ ώ, roll coating, spray coating Cloth method, screen printing method, mold tungsten method, soil 』: and offset printing method are preferably coffee coating method, spray coating method, screen printing method, 324204 68 201249850 flex printing method, Inkjet printing method and offset printing method. The inventive film system may contain other ingredients. In this component, a knife organic material, a molecular organic material, an organic-inorganic composite material, a material, and a mixture thereof can be arbitrarily selected in accordance with the use. As such a series of ingredients, for example, anthraquinone derivatives &quot; than biting street organisms, injection derivatives, triterpenoid derivatives, polyacene derivatives, aryl stone garden derivatives, ten sitting: biological, disali derivatives, (four) derivatives Things, fascinating creatures, singular street creatures, material New Zealand derivatives, Dtt Hungarian charms, (four) sage derivatives = benzene-amine street organisms, arylamine derivatives, amine-based substitutions Chuck ichalk: (10) _ biology Benzene oxime derivatives, g ketone derivatives, Knee Hebi diphenyl ethene derivatives, Qiancan organisms, phenethylamine derivatives, aromatic secondary methyl ketone derivatives, 琳 衍生物 derivatives, 嗟Conductive polymer oligomers such as oligo-oligomers, polystimulus, etc., onion, xanthene, diphenyl-derived derivatives, &quot;secan dioxide derivatives, carbonization Imine derivatives, sub-clusters, stilbene derivatives, aromatic rings (such as naphthalene, flowers, etc.), four lyrics, phthalocyanine, biological complexes, such as 8_ 啥The metal complex of the derivative, the metal complex with the metal ugly wire as the base, and the metal An oxide of an oxidized rare earth metal of an alkali earth metal or a tooth of a rare earth metal, an alkaline earth metal complex, a rare earth gold complex, a human alkali metal complex, a decanoic acid chain, an over-acid acid clock, Qijun tetrabutyl === 69 201249850

四氣硼酸四〜A 杉 丁基銨荨）之溶劑（伸丙基碳酸酯、乙腈、2- 胺呋喃、1,3-二氧呋喃、硝基苯、n，n一二甲基曱醯 混厶物，甲基亞楓、丙三醇、丙醇、水等）、以及該等之 較佳為g衍生物吻定衍生物、較衍生物、三 生物、咔唑拚斗从- ..πηα τ生物、三唑衍生物、聚并苯衍生物、噚唑衍 唑衍生物、咪唑衍生物、聚芳基鏈烷衍生物、 0比嗤琳衍, ^ 、°比唾琳衍鲷生物、伸笨二胺衍生物、芳基 胺=生物、苯乙稀基胺衍生物、°卜琳衍生物“塞吩寡聚物、 二本絲衍生物、#、二萘鮮等之芳香環（例如萘、花等） 四緩酸奸、㈣衍生物、金屬錯合物（例如8-㈣盼衍生 物之金屬錯合物、以金屬酿菁來作為配位基之金屬錯合 物以笨并嗜唾來作為配位基之金屬錯合物和以笨并嚷嗤 來作為配位基之金屬錯合物），更佳為苐衍生物 、啼°定衍生 物-哄衍生物、味唾衍生物、曙唾衍生物、曙二唾衍生 物、咪飾生物、伸笨二贿生物、絲贿生物、卜琳 街生物、錢料衍生物，甚佳料衍生物、三哄衍生物、 十坐何生物、卩f二唾衍生物、以及芳基胺衍生物。 重量而通常;α 對於膜整體之 重量而通吊成為〇·01至1〇〇重量 %，更佳為1至90重量％，其伟^佳為0·1至99重量 W重量％。 甚佳為5至80重量特佳為 在本發明之臈包含高 :態下’高分子_;之=^^ 201249850 量係通常為lxio3至lxio8，較佳為lxio3至lxio7，更佳為 2xl03至lxlO6，甚佳為3xl03至5xl05，特佳為5xl03至 lxlO5。 在本發明之膜含有高分子有機材料來作為其他成分 之狀態下，膜之銅錯合物之含有量係相對於膜整體之重量 而通常成為0. 01至99. 99重量％，較佳為0. 1至99重量％， 更佳為1至90重量％，甚佳為5至80重量％，特佳為10 至50重量％。 本發明係還提供包含本發明之銅錯合物之發光元件。 本發明乏發光元件係通常含有本發明之膜。該發光元件係 通常夾持由陽極和陰極而組成之一對之電極以及由具有設 置於該電極間之發光層之1層或複數層而組成之薄膜層之 發光元件，由該薄膜層而選出之1層以上之層係含有本發 明之銅錯合物之發光元件。 在本發明之發光元件，包含本發明之銅錯舍物之膜中 之該銅錯合物之含有量係相對於該層整體之重量而通常成 為0. 01至100重量％，較佳為0. 1至99重量％，更佳為1 至90重量％，甚佳為5至80重量％，特佳為10至50重量％。 作為本發明之發光元件係列舉單層型之發光元件（陽 極/發光層/陰極）以及多層型之發光元件。作為多層型之發 光元件之層構造係列舉以下之層構造。 (a) 陽極/電洞注入層/(電洞輸送層）/發光層/陰極 (b) 陽極/發光層/電子注入層/(電子輸送層）/陰極 (c) 陽極/電洞注入層/(電洞輸送層）/發光層/電子注 324204 71 201249850 入層/(電子輸送層）/陰極 (d) 陽極/發光層/(電子輸送層V電子注入層/陰極 (e) 陽極/電洞注入層/(電洞輸送層）/發光層/(電子 輸送層）/電子注入層/陰極 在前述之（a)至（e)，（電洞輸送層）及（電子輸送層）係 表不可以在其位置呈分別地存在這些層或不存在這些層之 任意層。 ^在本發明之發光元件，構成該發光元件之任何一種層 係可以含有本發明之銅錯合物，其層係並無限定，但是， 較佳為發光層。 陽極係在電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、發光層等之層， 、應電洞。陽極係較佳為具有4. 5ey以上之功函數。可以 在陽極之材料，使用例如金屬 、合金、金屬氧化物、電傳 導性化合物以及該等之組合，具體地說，可以使用例如氧 化锡、氧化鋅、氧化銦、氧化銦錫（ΙΤ0)等之導電性金屬氧 化物’金、銀、鉻、鎳等之金屬；前述之導電性金屬氧化 物和則述金屬之混合物及層積物；峨化銅、硫化銅等之無 機導電性物質、聚苯胺類、聚噻吩類[聚（3, 4)伸乙基二氧 嗔吩等]、聚σ比洛等之有機導電性材料、以及這些和ΙΤ〇 之組合。 陰極係對電子注入層、電子輸送層、發光層等之層， 供應電子。陰極之材料，例如可使用金屬、合金、金屬鹵 化物、金屬氧化物、電傳導性化合物以及該等之組合，具 體地說’例如可以使用鹼金屬（Li、Na、Κ等）以及其氟化 3242〇4 72 201249850 =和氧化物，驗土金屬（mg、Ca、Ba、Cs等）以及其敗化物 =氣化物；金、銀、鉛、鋁、合金及混合金屬類[鈉—鉀合 ^鈉'&quot;鉀混合金屬、鋰-鋁合金、鋰-鋁混合金屬、鎂-銀 &amp;金、鎂-銀混合金屬等];稀土金屬[銦、镱等]。 電洞注入層&amp;電洞輸送層係具有由陽極來注入電洞 機能、輸送電洞之機能、或者是障壁由陰極來注入之電 之機能。作為使用於這些層之材料之例子係列舉咔唑衍 物一唑衍生物、％唑衍生物、噚二唑衍生物、咪唑衍 物、聚芳基鏈烷衍生物、吼唑啉衍生物、吡唑啉_5_酮衍 物#苯—射/T生物、芳基胺衍生物、胺基取代芳基跨.. $芳煙衍生物、苯乙烯基蒽衍生物、9__衍生物、腺 生\物+、二苯乙騎生物、魏燒衍生物、芳香族叔胺衍 、笨乙絲胺衍生物、芳香族二甲川衍生物、卜琳衍 卜、聚石夕烧衍生物、聚（Ν_乙烯基味唾）衍生物、有機石夕 。塞物以及包含&amp;些殘基之聚合物；苯胺系共聚物、 ^錢物、聚如H紐高分子寡雜。電洞注入 2電洞輸送層係可以是由該等之1種或2種以上而組成 數Μ層構1^ ’並且’也可以是由相同組成或異種組成之複 筑層而組成之多層構造。 電子注人層及電子輸送層係具有由陰極來注入電子 月匕、輸送電子之機能、或者是障壁由陽極來注入之電 2機能。作為使毅這些層之材料之例子係列舉三唾衍 讀生物、卩衍生物、料衍生物、9—第酮 、蒽酿二甲烧衍生物、蒽_衍生物、二苯基藏衍生 3242〇4 73 201249850 物、噻喃二氧化物衍生物、碳化二亞胺衍生物、亞第基甲 烧衍生物、二笨乙稀基聊井衍生物、芳香環（例如萘二萘 敌笨等）之芳香環四賊針嘴菁衍生物、金屬錯合物（例 如8-啥㈣衍生物之金屬錯合物、Μ歧菁來作為配位 基之金屬錯合物、以苯㈣唾來作為配位基之金屬錯合 物、以苯并射來作為配位基之金屬錯合物）、以及有機石夕 燒衍生物。電子注人層及電子輸送層係可以是由該等之1 種或2種以上而組成之單層構造，並且，也可以是由相同 組成或異種組成之複數層而組成之多層構造。 作為電子注入層及電子輸送層之材料係也可以使用 、、’邑緣體、半導體卓之無機化合物。如果電子注入層及電子 輸送層藉由絕緣體或半導體而構成的話，則能夠有效地防 止電流之洩漏，提高電子注入性。作為此種絕緣體係列舉 例如選自由驗金屬硫族化合物、驗土金屬硫族化合物、驗 金屬之鹵化物及鹼土金屬之函化物所組成群組之1種以上 之金屬化合物，較佳為CaO、BaO、SrO、BeO、BaS或CaSe。 作為半導體係列舉例如選自由Ba、Ca、Sr、Yb、A1、Ga、 In、Li、Na、Cd、mg、Si、Ta、Sb 和 Zn 所組成群組之 1 種元素之氧化物、氮化物及氧化氮化物。 在本發明之發光元件，可以在陰極和接合於陰極之薄 膜之界面區域，添加還原性摻雜物。作為前述之還原性摻 雜物係列舉例如鹼金屬 、驗土金屬、稀土金屬、驗金屬之 氧化物、鹼金屬之氫氧化物、鹼金屬之函化物、鹼土金屬 氣化物、驗土金屬之氫氧化物、驗土金屬之函化物、稀 324204 74 201249850 土金屬之氧化物或稀土金屬之自化物、臉金屬錯合物、驗 土金屬錯合物及稀土金屬錯合物。 發光層係具有以下之任何一種機能：在施加電場時， 可以由陽極、電洞注入層或電洞輸送層，來注入電洞，可 以由陰極、電子注入層或電子輸送層，來注入電子之機能； 藉由電場力而移動注入之電荷之機能；以及，提供電子和 電洞之再鍵結之部位而使得這個連結於發光之機能。作為 基質材料係可以在發光層，含有本發明之銅錯合物，並且， 除了成為基質材料之本發明之銅錯合物以外，還可以在發 光層鲁有基質材料。 作為基質材料係列舉例如具有苐骨格之化合物、具有 咔唑骨格之化合物、具有二芳基胺骨格之化合物、具有吡 啶骨格之化合物、具有吡啡骨格之化合物、具有三哄骨格 之化合物、以及具有芳基矽烷骨格之化合物。基質材料之 τι能量係較佳為大於臨時材料之T1能量，更佳為其差異 大於0· 2eV。基質材料係可以是低分子有機化合物，也可 以是高分子有機化合物。基質材料係玎以還含有電解質， 作為該電解質係列舉例如可以含有支持鹽（三氟曱烷磺酸 鋰、過氯酸鋰、過氯酸四丁基銨、六氟磷酸鉀、四氟硼酸 四-η-丁基銨等）之溶劑（伸丙基碳酸酯、乙腈、2_甲基四氫 呋喃、1，3-二氧呋喃、硝基苯、Ν，Ν_;甲基甲醯胺、ν，ν-二甲基亞楓、丙三醇、丙醇、水等）、以及藉由該溶劑而膨 潤之凝勝狀之尚分子（聚乙婦氧化物、聚丙烯腈、以及氟化 乙烯叉和六氟化丙烯之共聚物等）。 324204 75 201249850 社不發明之發光元件，作為各層之 如真空蒸鑛法[電阻加熱蒸錢法、電子束法=决係列舉例 LB法、分子層積法、 寻」、濺鍍法、 m 及塗佈法[模禱法、旋轉夺德土 祕塗佈法、刮板㈣法、_塗佈法佈法、 =，、喷墨印刷法等]，但是， ：製？ 方面’較佳為塗佈法。在前述之塗佈法，例如，製程之 為各層材料之前述之鋼錯人 _ 可以藉由成 或者是該等之㈣㈣ 1 Μ子有機化合物 飞者疋之組賴4 ’溶解於關， 該塗佈液在要求之層(或電極)上，進行乾燥佈 ，含有作為基質材料及/或勘合劑之樹脂。 在塗佈液來含有該樹脂之狀態下，也可 之溶解狀態，也可料為分散 解於冷劑 作為樹脂係可錢用聚乙縣#等之非共輛系高 分子、聚烯烴系高分子等之共軛系高分子，但是，具體地 列舉聚氣乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚苯乙烯、ρμμα、聚丁基甲基 丙烯酸酯、聚酯、聚砜、聚伸苯氧化物、聚丁二烯、聚 乙烯基咔唑）、烴樹脂、酮樹脂、苯氧基樹脂、聚醯胺、乙 基纖維素、乙酸乙烯、ABS樹脂、聚胺基甲酸乙醋、二聚 氰胺樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂、醇酸樹脂、環氧樹脂以及石夕 樹脂。樹脂之溶㈣還可以含有氧化防止劑、黏度調整石劑 等。作為使詩前述溶液之溶_較佳為㈣地溶解薄膜 成分之溶劑或者是賦予安定之分錢之溶劑，列舉例如醇 類[曱醇、乙醇、異丙醇等]、酮類[丙_、甲基乙基曱酮等] 氣化烴類[三氣甲烷、1，2-二氯乙烷等]、芳香族烴類[笨 324204 76 201249850 甲苯、二甲苯等]、脂肪族烴類 類[二甲基甲酿胺等]、亞楓 己燒、環己烧等]、醯胺 之混合物。 —甲基亞楓等]、以及該等 可以在嘴墨印刷法，例如 蒸發而使用高沸點之溶了抑制來自喷嘴之溶劑之 等]。溶液之黏度二醇、二環己基苯 .^ Μ C ’ 成為 1 至 i〇〇mpa. s。 ^^^件之各層之厚度係較佳為G.3 nm至 _更佳為〇· 5 nm至，甚佳為1 nm至200 nm。 。本發明之發光元件係可以使用在例如照明用光源、訊 號用光源、月光用光源、顯示器裝置、印表機喷嘴頭等6 作為.4示H裝置係使用習知之驅動技術、驅動電路等，列 舉成為節段型、點矩陣型等之構造之裝置。 實施例 接著，顯示實施例說明本發明，但是，本發明係並非 限定於該等實施例。 NMR之測定’係使用Varian公司製之300MHz · NMR光 譜儀’ DART-MS之測定，係使用日本電子公司製之The AccuTOF TLC(JMS-TIOOTD)。CHN元素分析，係使用取自 Elementar公司製之vorio EL之自動分析法，C1之元素分 析，係使用取自由Metrohm公司製之716DMSTittino之燒 瓶燃燒-電位差滴定法。分取用GPC，係以三氯曱烷來作為 展開溶劑，使用日本分析工業公司製之LC908-C60、同一 公司製之柱列 JAIGEL-1H-40 及 JAIGEL-2H-40。 〈實施例1&gt;(表1-1之化合物編號31之化合物之合成） 324204 77 201249850 示於表1-1之化合 Chem. Soc. 3930- 雙-(〇-二苯基膦基苯基）苯基膦（顯 物編號31之Aa25 )係藉由記載於j 3936(1963)之方法而合成。 在反應容器内成為氬氛圍之後，在氣化銅⑴（7 ιι mg、0.0718 _〇1)之二氣曱烷3 mL懸濁液，加入雙_(〇_Solvent of tetrakis-boronic acid tetra-A cedaryl ammonium hydrazine (extended propyl carbonate, acetonitrile, 2-amine furan, 1,3-dioxane, nitrobenzene, n, n-dimethyl hydrazine) Booties, methyl sulfoxide, glycerol, propanol, water, etc., and these preferred g derivatives, kiss derivatives, derivatives, tri-organisms, carbazole fights from - .. πηα τ bio, triazole derivatives, polyacene derivatives, oxazolazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, polyarylalkane derivatives, 0 嗤 衍 衍, ^, ° than salivation, 伸Stupid diamine derivatives, arylamines = biological, styrene amine derivatives, ° phenanthrene derivatives "cephene oligomers, two silk derivatives, #, dinaphthene, etc., such as naphthalene , flower, etc.) four sorrows, (four) derivatives, metal complexes (such as 8-(tetra)-desired metal complexes, metal complexes with metal as a ligand, stupid and sedative The metal complex as a ligand and the metal complex as a ligand with a benzoindole, more preferably an anthracene derivative, a hydrazine derivative, an anthracene derivative, or a saliva derivative , 曙 衍生物 derivatives, 曙 唾 di derivatives, Mi decorated creatures, stupid two bribes, silk bribes, Bulin Street creatures, money derivatives, very good derivatives, triterpenoid derivatives, ten sitting Biological, 卩f di-salt derivative, and arylamine derivative. Weight and usually; α is 通01 to 1% by weight, more preferably 1 to 90% by weight, for the weight of the film as a whole,伟佳 is from 0. 1 to 99 weight W wt%. Very preferably from 5 to 80 weights, particularly preferably in the present invention: high polymer: 'polymer_; ==^^ 201249850 quantity system is usually lxio3 to Lxio8, preferably lxio3 to lxio7, more preferably 2xl03 to lxlO6, very preferably 3xl03 to 5xl05, particularly preferably 5xl03 to lxlO5. In the state where the film of the present invention contains a polymer organic material as another component, the film The content of the copper complex is usually from 0.01 to 99. 99% by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 99% by weight, more preferably from 1 to 90% by weight, based on the weight of the film as a whole. 5 to 80% by weight, particularly preferably 10 to 50% by weight. The present invention also provides a light-emitting element comprising the copper complex of the present invention. The light-emitting element system generally comprises the film of the present invention. The light-emitting element is usually composed of an electrode composed of an anode and a cathode and a layer or a plurality of layers having a light-emitting layer disposed between the electrodes. The light-emitting element of the thin film layer, wherein one or more layers selected from the thin film layer contain a light-emitting element of the copper complex of the present invention. In the light-emitting element of the present invention, the film comprising the copper fault of the present invention The content of the copper complex is usually from 0.01 to 100% by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 99% by weight, more preferably from 1 to 90% by weight, based on the total weight of the layer. 5 to 80% by weight, particularly preferably 10 to 50% by weight. The light-emitting element of the present invention is a single-layer type light-emitting element (anode/light-emitting layer/cathode) and a multilayer light-emitting element. The layer structure of the multilayer type of light-emitting element is as follows. (a) Anode/hole injection layer/(hole transport layer)/light-emitting layer/cathode (b) anode/light-emitting layer/electron injection layer/(electron transport layer)/cathode (c) anode/hole injection layer/ (hole transport layer) / luminescent layer / electron injection 324204 71 201249850 Incoming layer / (electron transport layer) / cathode (d) anode / luminescent layer / (electron transport layer V electron injection layer / cathode (e) anode / hole The injection layer/(hole transport layer)/light-emitting layer/(electron transport layer)/electron injection layer/cathode are not described in the above (a) to (e), (hole transport layer) and (electron transport layer) These layers may be present separately or in the absence of any of these layers. ^ In the light-emitting element of the present invention, any layer constituting the light-emitting element may contain the copper complex of the present invention, the layer of which is 5的以上的功功能。 It is preferably a light-emitting layer. The anode is in the layer of the hole injection layer, the hole transport layer, the light-emitting layer, etc., the hole is preferably a hole having a work function of 4. 5ey or more. For the material of the anode, for example, metals, alloys, metal oxides, electrically conductive compounds, and the like are used. Specifically, for example, a conductive metal oxide such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide or indium tin oxide (ΙΤ0), a metal such as gold, silver, chromium, or nickel; and the above-mentioned conductive metal oxide and Mixtures and laminates of metals; inorganic conductive materials such as copper telluride and copper sulfide, polyanilines, polythiophenes [poly(3, 4)-extended ethyl dioxin, etc.], poly-sigma An organic conductive material, etc., and a combination of these and a ruthenium. The cathode system supplies electrons to layers such as an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, and a light-emitting layer. For the material of the cathode, for example, a metal, an alloy, a metal halide, or the like can be used. Metal oxides, electrically conductive compounds, and combinations thereof, specifically, for example, alkali metals (Li, Na, cesium, etc.) and fluorinated 3242〇4 72 201249850 = and oxides, soil test metals (mg) , Ca, Ba, Cs, etc.) and its ruthenium = gasification; gold, silver, lead, aluminum, alloys and mixed metals [sodium-potassium-sodium]&quot;potassium mixed metal, lithium-aluminum alloy, lithium- Aluminum mixed metal, magnesium-silver &amp; gold, magnesium-silver Mixed metal, etc.; rare earth metal [indium, antimony, etc.] The hole injection layer & hole transport layer has the function of injecting the hole function from the anode, transporting the hole, or injecting the barrier from the cathode. Functional examples. Examples of materials used in these layers are oxazole derivatives, azole derivatives, % azole derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, polyarylalkane derivatives, oxazoline derivatives. , pyrazoline _5_ ketone derivative # benzene-ray / T biological, arylamine derivatives, amine-substituted aryl cross.. $ aryl smoke derivatives, styryl hydrazine derivatives, 9__ derivatives, Glandular substance + substance, diphenyl ethane riding organism, Wei burning derivative, aromatic tertiary amine derivative, ethene amine derivative, aromatic dimethylchuan derivative, burial bud, poly stone smelting derivative, poly (Ν _ vinyl flavor saliva) derivatives, organic stone eve. The plug and the polymer containing &amp; some of the residues; the aniline copolymer, the money, and the poly-nuclear oligomer. The hole injection 2 hole transport layer system may be a multilayer structure composed of one or two or more of the plurality of layers, and may be a composite layer composed of the same composition or a different type. . The electron injection layer and the electron transport layer have a function of injecting an electron moon into the electron by a cathode, a function of transporting electrons, or an electric function in which a barrier is injected from an anode. As an example of the materials of these layers, the series of three saliva derivatives, hydrazine derivatives, derivatives, 9-ketones, stilbene derivatives, hydrazine derivatives, diphenyl sulphate derivatives 3242 〇 4 73 201249850 A substance, a thiopyran dioxide derivative, a carbodiimide derivative, a decylene-derived derivative, a di-ethethyl-based derivative, an aromatic ring (for example, naphthalene) Aromatic ring thief needle cyanine derivative, metal complex (for example, a metal complex of 8-indene (tetra) derivative, ruthenium phthalocyanine as a ligand metal complex, with benzene (tetra) saliva as a coordination a metal complex of a base, a metal complex which is a ligand as a benzophenone, and an organic stone derivative. The electron-injecting layer and the electron-transporting layer may have a single-layer structure composed of one or two or more of them, and may have a multilayer structure composed of a plurality of layers of the same composition or different types. As the material of the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer, an inorganic compound such as a germanium or a semiconductor can be used. When the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer are formed of an insulator or a semiconductor, it is possible to effectively prevent leakage of current and improve electron injectability. As such an insulating system, for example, one or more metal compounds selected from the group consisting of metal oxide chalcogenides, soil-measuring metal chalcogenides, metal halides, and alkaline earth metal compounds are preferable, and CaO is preferable. BaO, SrO, BeO, BaS or CaSe. As the semiconductor series, for example, an oxide or a nitride selected from the group consisting of Ba, Ca, Sr, Yb, Al, Ga, In, Li, Na, Cd, mg, Si, Ta, Sb, and Zn And oxynitride. In the light-emitting element of the present invention, a reducing dopant can be added to the interface region between the cathode and the film bonded to the cathode. As the foregoing series of reducing dopants, for example, an alkali metal, a soil-measuring metal, a rare earth metal, a metal oxide, an alkali metal hydroxide, an alkali metal complex, an alkaline earth metal vapor, and a soil-receiving metal hydrogen Oxide, element of soil test metal, dilute 324204 74 201249850 Oxide of earth metal or rare earth metal, face metal complex, soil metal complex and rare earth metal complex. The light-emitting layer has any of the following functions: when an electric field is applied, the hole can be injected from the anode, the hole injection layer or the hole transport layer, and the electron can be injected from the cathode, the electron injection layer or the electron transport layer. Function; the function of moving the injected charge by the electric field force; and providing the re-bonding portion of the electron and the hole to make the function coupled to the light. As the matrix material, the copper complex of the present invention may be contained in the light-emitting layer, and a matrix material may be contained in the light-emitting layer in addition to the copper complex of the present invention which becomes a matrix material. Examples of the matrix material include, for example, a compound having a sacral lattice, a compound having a carbazole skeleton, a compound having a diarylamine skeleton, a compound having a pyridine skeleton, a compound having a pyridene skeleton, a compound having a tricapular bone, and having A compound of an aryl decane skeleton. The τι energy of the matrix material is preferably greater than the T1 energy of the temporary material, and more preferably the difference is greater than 0·2 eV. The matrix material may be a low molecular organic compound or a high molecular organic compound. The matrix material system further contains an electrolyte, and as the electrolyte series, for example, it may contain a supporting salt (lithium trifluoromethanesulfonate, lithium perchlorate, tetrabutylammonium perchlorate, potassium hexafluorophosphate, tetrafluoroborate tetra - η-butylammonium, etc.) Solvent (propyl propyl carbonate, acetonitrile, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, 1,3-dioxane, nitrobenzene, hydrazine, hydrazine _; methyl carbamide, ν, ν - dimethyl sulfoxide, glycerol, propanol, water, etc.), and a condensed molecule that is swollen by the solvent (polyethylene oxide, polyacrylonitrile, and fluorinated vinyl fork and six) a copolymer of fluorinated propylene, etc.). 324204 75 201249850 Light-emitting elements not invented by the company, such as vacuum evaporation method [resistance heating steaming method, electron beam method = series of examples LB method, molecular layering method, seeking", sputtering method, m and coating Cloth method [mode prayer method, rotation wins the soil secret coating method, scraper (four) method, _ coating method, =, inkjet printing method, etc.], however, : Aspect ' is preferably a coating method. In the foregoing coating method, for example, the above-mentioned steel wrong person of the material of each layer can be dissolved in the coating by the formation or the (4) (4) 1 Μ organic compound 飞 疋 4 ' ' ' The cloth is applied to the desired layer (or electrode) and dried to contain a resin as a matrix material and/or a scavenger. In the state in which the coating liquid contains the resin, it may be in a dissolved state, or may be dispersed in a cold-receiving agent as a resin-based non-co-owned polymer or the like. a conjugated polymer such as a molecule, but specifically, polyethylene, polycarbonate, polystyrene, ρμμα, polybutyl methacrylate, polyester, polysulfone, polyphenylene oxide, polybutadiene , polyvinyl carbazole), hydrocarbon resin, ketone resin, phenoxy resin, polyamine, ethyl cellulose, vinyl acetate, ABS resin, polyurethane melamine, melamine resin, unsaturated poly Ester resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin and Shishi resin. The resin (4) may further contain an oxidation inhibitor, a viscosity adjusting stone, and the like. Examples of the solvent for dissolving the solution of the above-mentioned solution, preferably the solvent of the film component or the solvent for imparting stability, are, for example, alcohols [sterol, ethanol, isopropanol, etc.], ketones [c-_, Methyl ethyl fluorenone, etc.] gasified hydrocarbons [three gas methane, 1,2-dichloroethane, etc.], aromatic hydrocarbons [stupid 324204 76 201249850 toluene, xylene, etc.], aliphatic hydrocarbons [ a mixture of dimethyl ketoamine, etc., Yafeng hexane, cyclohexene, etc., and guanamine. - Methyl sulfoxide, etc., and the like, which can be used in a nozzle printing method, such as evaporation, using a high boiling point to dissolve a solvent from a nozzle, etc.]. The viscosity of the solution diol, dicyclohexylbenzene, ^ C ′ becomes 1 to i〇〇mpa. s. The thickness of each layer of the ^^^ member is preferably from G. 3 nm to _ more preferably from 5 nm to 1, and preferably from 1 nm to 200 nm. . The light-emitting element of the present invention can be used, for example, as a light source for illumination, a light source for a signal, a light source for moonlight, a display device, a printer nozzle head, etc., as a conventional device, a drive circuit, a drive circuit, etc. It is a device that has a structure such as a segment type or a dot matrix type. EXAMPLES Next, the present invention will be described by showing examples, but the present invention is not limited to the examples. The measurement of NMR was carried out by using a 300 MHz NMR spectrometer manufactured by Varian, DART-MS, using The AccuTOF TLC (JMS-TIOOTD) manufactured by JEOL. The elemental analysis of CHN was carried out using an automatic analysis method of vorio EL manufactured by Elementar Co., Ltd., and elemental analysis of C1 was carried out using a flask-combustion-potentiometric titration method of 716 DMTittittino manufactured by Metrohm. GPC for fractionation was carried out using trichloromethane as a developing solvent, and LC908-C60 manufactured by Nippon Analytical Industries Co., Ltd., and JAIGEL-1H-40 and JAIGEL-2H-40 manufactured by the same company were used. <Example 1&gt; (Synthesis of Compound No. 31 of Table 1-1) 324204 77 201249850 Compound Chem. Soc. 3930-bis-(anthracene-diphenylphosphinophenyl)benzene shown in Table 1-1 The phosphine (Aa25 of the product No. 31) was synthesized by the method described in j 3936 (1963). After the argon atmosphere in the reaction vessel, a 3 mL suspension of dioxane in vaporized copper (1) (7 ιι mg, 0.0718 _〇1) was added to the double _(〇_

一笨基膦基笨基）笨基膦（45. 3 mg、〇. 0718 mmol)，在40°C 攪拌10分鐘。過濾得到之反應液，濃縮過濾液，溶解於氯 仿，逐漸地擴散二乙基醚而進行再結晶，乾燥結晶，得到 黃色結晶之錯合物（表1-1之化合物編號31之化合物）26.3A stupyl phosphino group of stupylphosphine (45. 3 mg, 〇. 0718 mmol) was stirred at 40 ° C for 10 minutes. The obtained reaction liquid was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated, dissolved in chloroform, and gradually digested with diethyl ether to carry out recrystallization, and the crystals were dried to obtain a yellow crystal compound (Compound No. 31 of Table 1-1) 26.3

得到之錯合物之NMR資料，係顯示於下列之記載。 ^-NMROOOMHz, CDCh) δ (ppra)=7. 97(br, 4H), 7. 61(br, 2H), 7. 41(t, J=7. 5Hz, 2H), 7. 33-7. 15(ra, 17H), 7.01(t, J=7.5Hz,4H), 6.56(br, 4H) ； 31P NMR(122MHz, CDCh) δ (ppm)=-5. l(br, Wi/2=500Hz), -13. 8(br, Wi/2=390Hz). 得到之錯合物之元素分析測定之結果，係顯示於下列 之記載。 C42H33C1P3Cu· 0. 5H2〇(°/〇之分析計算：C，68. 29 ; H，4. 64 ; N，0· 00 ; C1，4. 80.實測值：C，68. 13 ; H，4. 44 ; N，&lt;0· 3 ; C1, 4.54. 324204 78 201249850 得到之錯合物之組成比係由產率、iH NMR、3卞題尺和 元素分析值決定之。 〈實施例2&gt;(表1-1之化合物編號2之化合物之人成） •式Aa2’所表示之分子之合成The NMR data of the obtained complex are shown in the following description. ^-NMROOOMHz, CDCh) δ (ppra)=7. 97(br, 4H), 7. 61(br, 2H), 7. 41(t, J=7. 5Hz, 2H), 7. 33-7. 15(ra, 17H), 7.01(t, J=7.5Hz, 4H), 6.56(br, 4H) ; 31P NMR (122MHz, CDCh) δ (ppm)=-5. l(br, Wi/2=500Hz ), -13. 8 (br, Wi/2 = 390 Hz). The results of elemental analysis of the obtained complex are shown in the following description. C42H33C1P3Cu· 0. 5H2〇 (°/〇 analytical calculation: C, 68. 29 ; H, 4. 64 ; N, 0· 00 ; C1, 4. 80. Found: C, 68. 13 ; H, 4 44; N, &lt;0·3; C1, 4.54. 324204 78 201249850 The composition ratio of the obtained complex is determined by the yield, iH NMR, 3 卞 ruler and elemental analysis value. <Example 2> (Person of Compound No. 2 in Table 1-1) • Synthesis of the molecule represented by Formula Aa2'

N-甲基-2-(2-漠苯基）苯并η米哇係藉由記載於〇rg. Biomol. Chem· 3297-3302(2006)之方法而合成。 在50 mL之施嫩克（Schlenk)管，加入丨_漠_2二苯其 鱗基苯（2. 93g、8. 59 mmol)和15 mL之脫水THF，冷卻至 -65°C，進行攪拌，同時，歷時5分鐘滴下^丁基鋰之^ 己烧溶液（1.6mol/L、5.5 mL、η-丁基鋰為 8 8 mm〇1)。藉 由將變化成為紅色之反應液，升溫至_35。〇為止，擾摔1 小時，而得到反應液。 在50 mL之茄子形燒瓶，加入笨基二氣膦（1. 57g、8. 77 mmol)和8 mL之脫水THF，冷卻至-65°C，藉由傳輸管而傳 送在前面敘述來得到之反應液（稱為「套管送液」），進行 混合。將得到之反應液，逐漸地升溫至室溫（23°C)為止， 同時，在攪拌12小時之際，得到白濁化之反應液。 在200 mL之四口茄子形燒瓶，加入N-曱基-2-(2-溴 笨基）笨并咪唑（2. 52g、8. 77 mmol)和130 roL之脫水THF ’ 冷卻至-65°C，進行攪拌，同時，歷時5分鐘而滴下η-丁 324204 79 201249850 基裡之η-己烧溶液（ι· 6m〇i/L、5. 5 mL、η-丁基鐘為8. 8 顏〇1)，升溫至〜4〇°C為止，攪拌2小時。將變色成為紅色 之反應液’再冷卻至_6(rc，與藉由傳輸管而傳送在前面敘 述來得到之白濁化之反應液進行混合。將得到之反應液， 逐漸地升溫至室溫（23°C)為止’同時’在攪拌一整夜之後， 於50°C，攪拌1小時。在得到之反應液中加入氣化銨水溶 液和氯仿之後，藉由氣仿而進行萃取，藉由硫酸鈉酐而乾 燥有機層’在進行過濾、濃縮之後，藉由分取用GPC而得 到無色固體之二膦2氧化物675 mg(產率12. 9%)。 得到之二膦2氧化物之NMR資料，係顯示於下列之記 載。 'H-NMROOOMHz, CDCh) δ (ppra)=7. 57-6. 98(m, 27H), 3. 43 (s,3H)；31P NMR(122MHz,CDCl3)5(ppm)=32.8(dd, J=90, 7Hz). 得到之二膦2氧化物之DART-MS測定之結果，係顯示 於下列之記載。 DART-MS(M/Z):實測值；609, 24.計算值；609. 18(M+H)+.N-methyl-2-(2-indolyl)benzonitrile is synthesized by the method described in 〇rg. Biomol. Chem. 3297-3302 (2006). In a 50 mL Schlenk tube, add 丨_漠_2 diphenyl sulfonate benzene (2.93 g, 8.59 mmol) and 15 mL of dehydrated THF, cool to -65 ° C, stir. At the same time, the butyl hydride solution (1.6 mol/L, 5.5 mL, and η-butyllithium was 8 8 mm 〇1) was dropped over 5 minutes. The temperature was raised to _35 by changing the reaction to a red reaction solution. So far, the disturbance was dropped for 1 hour, and the reaction liquid was obtained. In a 50 mL eggplant-shaped flask, stupyl diphosphine (1.57 g, 8.77 mmol) and 8 mL of dehydrated THF were added, cooled to -65 ° C, and transferred by a transfer tube as described above. The reaction solution (referred to as "cannula feed") was mixed. The reaction liquid obtained was gradually heated to room temperature (23 ° C), and a white turbid reaction liquid was obtained while stirring for 12 hours. In a 200 mL four-neck eggplant-shaped flask, N-mercapto-2-(2-bromo-phenyl)-p-imidazole (2.52 g, 8.77 mmol) and 130 roL of dehydrated THF' were added to cool to -65°. C, stirring, while η-丁324204 79 201249850 KI- η-hexane solution (Im 6m〇i / L, 5. 5 mL, η-butyl clock is 8. 8 Yan) 〇1), the temperature was raised to ~4 °C, and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction liquid in which the discoloration is red is re-cooled to _6 (rc, and the reaction liquid obtained by the above-described white turbidization is transferred by a transfer tube, and the obtained reaction liquid is gradually heated to room temperature ( 23 ° C) until 'at the same time', after stirring overnight, stirring at 50 ° C for 1 hour. After adding the aqueous solution of ammonium sulfate and chloroform to the obtained reaction solution, extraction was carried out by gas chromatography, by sulfuric acid The sodium hydride was dried and the organic layer was filtered. After concentrating, GPC was used to obtain a bisphosphonium oxide 675 mg (yield 12.9%) as a colorless solid. The data are shown in the following description: 'H-NMROOOMHz, CDCh) δ (ppra) = 7. 57-6. 98(m, 27H), 3. 43 (s, 3H); 31P NMR (122MHz, CDCl3) 5 (ppm) = 32.8 (dd, J = 90, 7 Hz). The results of DART-MS measurement of the obtained diphosphine 2 oxide are shown in the following. DART-MS (M/Z): measured value; 609, 24. calculated value; 609. 18 (M+H)+.

在100 mL之四口燒瓶内成為氬氛圍之後，加入二膦2 氧化物（500 mg、0.822 mmol)、三乙基胺3. 94g和脫水二 曱笨10 mL ’冷卻至0 C ’經過1 〇分鐘而滴下三氣發烧 324204 80 201249850 (5.00§、37.0咖〇1)。在藉由自然升溫而回復到室溫（23它） 之後’於130°C，授# 12小時。將得到之反應液，回復到 至溫（23 C) ’在滴下30重量％氫氧化鈉水溶液5乩之後， 加入二甲苯而進行萃取’濃縮、乾固有機層。藉由展開溶 劑氯仿之二氧化矽凝膠柱色譜法而處理殘渣，得到白色固 體（藉由式Aa2’表示之分子）2〇2 mg(產率47. 3%)。 將藉由式Aa2’表示之分子之NMR資料，顯示於下列 之記載。 'H-NMROOOMHz, CDCh) δ (ppm)=7. 62-6. 80(m, 27H), 3. 67 (s, 3H) ； 31P NMR(122MHz, CDCh) ά (ppm)=-12. 7(d, J=156Hz), -15.1(d, J=156Hz). 將藉由式Aa2’表示之分子之DART-MS測定之結果， 顯示於下列之記載。 DART-MS(M/Z):實測值；577. 17.計算值；577. 19(M+H)+.After argon atmosphere in a 100 mL four-necked flask, diphosphine 2 oxide (500 mg, 0.822 mmol), triethylamine 3.94 g, and dehydrated dihydrazide 10 mL 'cooled to 0 C' after 1 〇 Minutes and drops of three gas fever 324204 80 201249850 (5.00 §, 37.0 curry 1). After returning to room temperature (23 it) by natural heating, '12 hours at 130 °C. The obtained reaction solution was returned to a temperature (23 C). After dropping 30% by weight of an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, 5 g of xylene was added thereto, followed by extraction to concentrate and dry the organic layer. The residue was treated with chloroform gel column chromatography eluted with solvent chloroform to afford a white solid (molecular compound of the formula Aa2') 2 〇 2 mg (yield 47.3%). The NMR data of the molecule represented by the formula Aa2' are shown in the following description. 'H-NMROOOMHz, CDCh) δ (ppm) = 7. 62-6. 80 (m, 27H), 3. 67 (s, 3H) ; 31P NMR (122MHz, CDCh) ά (ppm) = -12. 7 (d, J = 156 Hz), -15.1 (d, J = 156 Hz). The results of DART-MS measurement of the molecule represented by the formula Aa2' are shown in the following description. DART-MS (M/Z): measured value; 577. 17. calculated value; 577. 19 (M+H)+.

在反應容器内，在氯化銅（1)(1. 38 mg、0.0139 mmol) 之乙腈0. 5 mL懸濁液中加入藉由式Aa2’表示之分子 (8. 04 mg、0.0139 mmol)且攪拌3分鐘之後，加入二氣甲 燒2mL，在40°C攪拌5分鐘。濃縮得到之反應液，進行乾 燥，得到黃色固體之錯合物（表1-1之化合物編號2之化合 物）9. 42 mg 〇 324204 81 201249850 〈實施例3&gt;(表1-1之化合物編號4之化合物之合成）In the reaction vessel, a molecule represented by the formula Aa2' (8. 04 mg, 0.0139 mmol) was added to a 0.5 ml suspension of copper chloride (1) (1.38 mg, 0.0139 mmol) in acetonitrile and After stirring for 3 minutes, 2 mL of 2 gas was added and stirred at 40 ° C for 5 minutes. The obtained reaction liquid was concentrated and dried to give a yellow solid compound (Compound of Compound No. 2 of Table 1-1) 9. 42 mg 〇324204 81 201249850 <Example 3> (Compound No. 4 of Table 1-1) Synthesis of compounds)

在反應容器内，在碘化铜7〇 mg、〇 〇142 mm〇1) 之乙腈0.5 mL懸濁液來加入藉由式Aa2’表示之分子 (8. 17 mg、0. 0142 mmol)來搜拌3分鐘之後，加入二氯甲 烷2 mL，在40 C攪拌5分鐘。濃縮得到之反應液，進行乾 燥，得到黃色固體之錯合物（表1_丨之化合物編號4之化合 物）10.9 mg。 〈實施例4&gt;(表1-1之化合物編號5之化合物之合成）In a reaction vessel, a suspension of 0.5 mL of acetonitrile (7 〇 mg, 〇〇 142 mm 〇 1) in acetonitrile was added to the molecule represented by the formula Aa2' (8. 17 mg, 0. 0142 mmol). After mixing for 3 minutes, 2 mL of dichloromethane was added and stirred at 40 C for 5 minutes. The obtained reaction mixture was concentrated and dried to give a compound (yield compound of Compound No. 4 in Table 1). <Example 4> (Synthesis of Compound No. 5 of Table 1-1)

在反應容器内’在四（乙腈）銅（1)四氟硼酸鹽（4·3〇 mg、0.0137 mm〇i)之二氣曱烷1此懸濁液，加入藉由式 Aa2’ 表示之分子（7. 88 mg、0.0137 mmol)，在 40°C 攪拌 5 分鐘。濃縮得到之反應液，進行乾燥，得到淡黃色固體之 錯合物（表1~1之化合物編號5之化合物）丨2. 2 mg。 〈實施例5&gt;(表M之化合物編號73之化合物之合成） 藉由記载於 J. Chem. Soc. 3930-3936(1963)之方法 而合成三[2〜（二苯基膦基）苯基]膦（顯示於表1-1之化合 324204 82 201249850 物編號73之Bel’ 。）。 在反應容器内成為氬氛圍之後，在四氟棚酸四（乙腈） 銅⑴（192 mg、0. 610 mmol)，加入二氯甲嫁5 mL和三[2-(二 苯基膦基）苯基]膦（497 mg、0. 610 mmol) ’在40°C擾拌10 分鐘。過濾得到之反應液，濃縮過濾液’擴散二乙基謎至 過濾液而進行再結晶，乾燥結晶，得到難色固體之錯合物 622 mg。In the reaction vessel, 'in the tetrakis (acetonitrile) copper (1) tetrafluoroborate (4·3〇mg, 0.0137 mm〇i) of dioxane 1 suspension, add the molecule represented by the formula Aa2' (7. 88 mg, 0.0137 mmol), stir at 40 ° C for 5 minutes. 2 mg. The resulting reaction mixture was concentrated to give a pale yellow solid compound (Compound No. 5 of Table 1-1) 丨 2. 2 mg. <Example 5> (Synthesis of Compound of Compound No. 73 of Table M) Synthesis of Tris[2-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl" by the method described in J. Chem. Soc. 3930-3936 (1963) Phosphine (shown in Table 1-1, 324204 82 201249850, Article No. 73, Bel'). After forming an argon atmosphere in the reaction vessel, in tetrafluoroacetic acid tetrakis (acetonitrile) copper (1) (192 mg, 0.610 mmol), adding 2 mL of dichloromethane and tris[2-(diphenylphosphino)benzene Base phosphine (497 mg, 0. 610 mmol) 'scrambled at 40 ° C for 10 minutes. The obtained reaction liquid was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to dilute the diethyl ether to the filtrate to be recrystallized, and the crystals were dried to give a 622 mg of a compound as a color solid.

得到之錯合物之NMR資料，係顯示於下列之記載。 ^-NMROOOMHz, CDCla) ά (ppm)=8. 96(br, 3H), 7. 91(t, J= 7. 4Hz, 3H), 7.52(t, J=7.4Hz, 3H), 7. 25-7. 18(ra, 9H), 6. 98(t, J=7. 4Hz, 12H), 6. 87-6. 81(m, 12H). 得到之錯合物之元素分析測定之結果，係顯示於下列 之記載。 C54H42CuP4BF4· 0.67CH2C12(%)之分析計算：C，64. 26 ; H， 4· 27 ; N，0. 00 ; Cu，6. 22.實測值：C, 64· 47 ; H，4. 40 ; N, &lt;0. 3 I Cu, 6. 6. 得到之錯合物之組成比係由1Η N M R和元素分析值決定 之。 〈合成例1&gt; 下列之錯合物係藉由記載於Inorg. Chem. 1992-2001 324204 83 201249850 (2007)之方法而合·成。The NMR data of the obtained complex are shown in the following description. ^-NMROOOMHz, CDCla) ά (ppm)=8. 96(br, 3H), 7. 91(t, J= 7. 4Hz, 3H), 7.52(t, J=7.4Hz, 3H), 7. 25 -7. 18(ra, 9H), 6. 98(t, J=7. 4Hz, 12H), 6. 87-6. 81(m, 12H). The result of elemental analysis of the obtained complex, The system is shown in the following description. C54H42CuP4BF4·0.67CH2C12 (%) Analysis calculated: C, 64.26; H, 4·27; N,0. 00; Cu, 6. 22. Found: C, 64·47; H, 4.40; N, &lt;0.3 I Cu, 6. 6. The composition ratio of the resulting complex is determined by 1 NMR and elemental analysis values. <Synthesis Example 1> The following complexes were synthesized by the method described in Inorg. Chem. 1992-2001 324204 83 201249850 (2007).

合成例1 〈合成例2&gt; 藉由以下之方法而合成8-[[〇-(二苯基膦基）苯基]苯 基膦基]-喹啉。 在50 mL之施嫩克（Schlenk)管，加入1-漠-2-二苯基 膦基苯（3. 12g、9. 14 mmol)和15 mL之脫水THF，冷卻至 -65°C，進行攪拌，同時，歷時5分鐘而滴下η-丁基鋰之 η-己烧溶液（1. 6 mol/L、5. 5 mL、η-丁基链為 8. 8 mmol)。 將變色成為紅色之反應液，升溫至-30°C為止，攪拌2小 時，而得到反應液。 在50 mL之四口莊子形燒瓶，加入苯基二氯膦（1. 58g、 8.83 mmol)和8 mL之脫水THF，冷卻至-50°C，傳輸管而 傳送在前面敘述來得到之反應液，進行混合。將得到之反 應液，逐漸地升溫至室溫（23°C)為止，同時，在攪拌12 小時之際，得到白濁化之反應液。 在200 mL之四口茄子形燒瓶，加入8-溴喧嚇*(1. 85g、 8. 89 mmol)和90 mL之脫水THF，冷卻至-65°C，進行攪拌， 同時，經過5分鐘而滴下η-丁基鋰之η-己烷溶液（1. 6M、 324204 84 201249850 5. 5 mL、作為η-丁基鐘之8. 8 mm〇i)，升溫至_4〇〇c為止， 攪拌2小時。將變色成為紅色之反應液，再冷卻至_6〇。(：為 止，藉由傳輸管而傳送在前述得到之反應液，進行混合。 將得到之反應液，逐漸地升溫至室溫（23^)為止，攪拌18 小時。在得到之反應液中，加入氣化銨水溶液4〇 mL和氣 仿250 mL，藉由氯仿而進行萃取，藉由硫酸鈉酐而乾燥有 機層，在進行過濾、濃縮之後，進行2次之藉由使用氣仿 來作為展開溶劑之矽膠柱色譜法而造成之精製，進行乾 燥’得到黃色固體之8-[[〇-(二苯基膦基）苯基]苯基膦基] -喹啉 333 nfg(產率 7· 64%)。Synthesis Example 1 <Synthesis Example 2> 8-[[〇-(Diphenylphosphino)phenyl]phenylphosphino]-quinoline was synthesized by the following method. In a 50 mL Schlenk tube, 1-di-2-diphenylphosphinobenzene (3.12 g, 9.4 mmol) and 15 mL of dehydrated THF were added and cooled to -65 °C. While stirring, η-butyllithium η-hexane solution (1.6 mol/L, 5.5 mL, η-butyl chain was 8.8 mmol) was added dropwise over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was changed to a red color, and the mixture was heated to -30 ° C, and stirred for 2 hours to obtain a reaction liquid. In a 50 mL four-neck Zhuangzi flask, phenyldichlorophosphine (1. 58 g, 8.83 mmol) and 8 mL of dehydrated THF were added, and the mixture was cooled to -50 ° C, and the reaction tube was transferred to the reaction liquid described above. , to mix. The reaction liquid obtained was gradually warmed to room temperature (23 ° C), and a white turbid reaction liquid was obtained while stirring for 12 hours. In a 200 mL four-neck eggplant-shaped flask, add 8-bromo sputum* (1.85 g, 8.89 mmol) and 90 mL of dehydrated THF, cool to -65 °C, stir, and, after 5 minutes The η-butyllithium η-hexane solution (1.6 M, 324204 84 201249850 5. 5 mL, as η-butyl bell 8.8 mm 〇i) was added dropwise, and the temperature was raised to _4 〇〇c, stirring 2 hours. Change the color to a red reaction solution and cool to _6 Torr. (: The reaction liquid obtained above was transferred by a transfer tube, and the mixture was mixed. The obtained reaction liquid was gradually heated to room temperature (23 °), and stirred for 18 hours. In the obtained reaction liquid, it was added. 4 mL of a vaporized ammonium aqueous solution and 250 mL of an air-purified solution were extracted by chloroform, and the organic layer was dried by sodium sulfate anhydride, and after filtration and concentration, it was used twice as a developing solvent by using gas imitation. Purification by silica gel column chromatography, drying <8-[[〇-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl]phenylphosphino]-quinoline 333 nfg (yield 7·64%) .

8-[[〇-(二苯基膦基）苯基]苯基膦基]-啥琳之NMR、 DART-MS、元素分析測定資料，係分別顯示於下列之記載。 ^-NMROOOMHz^DCh) δ (ppra)=8. 77(br, 1H), 8. ll(d, J= 8. 3Hz, 1H), 7. 74(d, J=8. 1Hz, 1H)7. 36-7. 09(m, 21H), 6. 90 (br, 1H)； 3lP NMR(122MHz, CDCh) δ (ppm)=：-l2. 5(d, J=167Hz), -20. 1 (d,J=167Hz)； DART-MS(M/Z):實測值；498. 15·計算值；498. 15(M+H)+ C33H25NP2 · 0· 5H2〇(%)之分析計算：c, 78. 25 ; Η, 5. 17 ; N, 2. 77·實測值：C，78. 12; H, 5.14; n, 2.83. 324204 85 201249850 〈合成例3&gt; 除了使用在實施例2至至4所採用之式Aa2，表示之 分子，來作為8-[[〇-(二苯基膦基）苯基]苯基膦基]_喹啉 以外，以相同方式合成錯合物，但是，在藉由紫外線而進 行激發之時，成為發光非常微弱之錯合物。 [膜之製備] 〈實施例6至10及比較例1&gt; 分別製備實施例1之錯合物1重量％，分別製備6. 2 重直％PMMA之氣仿溶液’將藉由口徑〇. 2以in之過濾器而過 濾、之大約150 mg，載置於lcmx2cm角之石英基板上。使用 旋轉塗佈器（押鐘有限公司製、SC-150)，以1〇00轉每分鐘 (rpm)旋轉塗佈15秒鐘’以1500rpm旋轉塗佈6〇秒鐘而得 到膜（實施例6)。 除了使用實施例2之錯合物（實施例7 )、實施例3之 錯合物（實施例8)、實施例4之錯合物（實施例9)、實施例 5之錯合物（實施例10 )及合成例1之錯合物（比較例1)， 來取代實施例1之錯合物以外’其餘係以相同方式得到膜。 使用實施例1至4之各錯合物及合成例1之錯合物之 膜之厚度皆係1. 6从m。使用實施例5之錯合物而得到之膜 之厚度係2. 1 /z m。 [發光強度之持續性] 發光量子效率之測定，係使用量子效率測定裝置（住 友重機械機電公司製）。機器構造係如下。光源係使用 Kimmon公司製之3B等級之He-Cd式CW雷射。在射出部， 324204 86 201249850 插入0FR公司製之仙過濾器FDU0.5,藉由光纖而引導至 積分球。透過住友重機械機電公司製之光模組部之積分 球、多色儀和CCD多通道檢測器而連結KEYTHLEY公司製之 型式2400電源電錶’藉由個人電腦而放入資料。The NMR, DART-MS, and elemental analysis data of 8-[[〇-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl]phenylphosphino]-indole were shown in the following. ^-NMROOOMHz^DCh) δ (ppra)=8. 77(br, 1H), 8. ll(d, J= 8. 3Hz, 1H), 7. 74(d, J=8. 1Hz, 1H)7 36(., 9(m, 21H), 6. 90 (br, 1H); 3lP NMR (122MHz, CDCh) δ (ppm)=: -l2. 5(d, J=167Hz), -20. 1 (d, J=167Hz); DART-MS(M/Z): measured value; 498. 15·calculated value; 498. 15(M+H)+ C33H25NP2 · 0· 5H2〇(%) analytical calculation: c , 78. 25 ; Η, 5. 17 ; N, 2. 77·Measured values: C, 78. 12; H, 5.14; n, 2.83. 324204 85 201249850 <Synthesis Example 3> In addition to use in Example 2 to 4, using the formula Aa2, the molecule, as a 8-[[〇-(diphenylphosphino)phenyl]phenylphosphino]-quinoline, synthesizes the complex in the same manner, but When excited by ultraviolet light, it becomes a very weak complex. [Preparation of the membranes] <Examples 6 to 10 and Comparative Example 1> Each of the complexes of Example 1 was prepared in an amount of 1% by weight, respectively, and a gas-like solution of 6.2 % by weight of PMMA was prepared by caliber. 2 It was filtered through a filter of in, approximately 150 mg, and placed on a quartz substrate at a angle of 1 cm x 2 cm. Using a spin coater (manufactured by Chess Co., Ltd., SC-150), spin coating was carried out at 1 00 rpm for 15 seconds, and the film was spin-coated at 1500 rpm for 6 sec to obtain a film (Example 6). ). In addition to using the complex of Example 2 (Example 7), the complex of Example 3 (Example 8), the complex of Example 4 (Example 9), and the complex of Example 5 (implementation) The film of Example 10) and the complex of Synthesis Example 1 (Comparative Example 1) were replaced in the same manner as in the case of the complex of Example 1.至约。 6. From m from the thickness of the film of the film. The thickness of the film obtained by using the complex of Example 5 was 2. 1 /z m. [Persistence of Luminous Intensity] A quantum efficiency measuring device (manufactured by Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd.) was used for the measurement of the luminescence quantum efficiency. The machine construction is as follows. The light source was a 3B grade He-Cd type CW laser manufactured by Kimmon. In the injection section, 324204 86 201249850, a filter FDU0.5 manufactured by the 0FR company is inserted, and guided to the integrating sphere by the optical fiber. The KEYTHLEY type 2400 power supply meter was connected to the information module of the optical module unit manufactured by Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd., and the CCD multi-channel detector was placed in the data.

發光量子效率之測定係如下而進行。在室溫、氮氛圍 下’於積分球内’配置藉由前述之條件而製備之石英基板 上之樣本，雷射激發光成為325 rnn，藉由cw光而使得積 分時間成為300 ms，激發光積分範圍為315至335 nm，PL 波長積分範圍$ 390至至_ nra。接著，按照住友重機械 機電公5製之測定、解析軟狀程序而算出發光量子效率。 發光強度之持續性係藉由在各由實施例6至1〇及比 2例1製備之樣林雷射光照射⑽秒鐘之時間點之發光 量子效率除以雷射光照射即刻後之發光量子效率， 減少率而求出。 @ 結果，各由實施例1至5之錯合物所製備之膜（實施 例6至至1〇)之減少率係分別成為34%、34%、33%、β%、如％。 由合成例1之錯合物來製備之膜（比較例1)之減少率^ 66%。 1 糸 由這些結果而得知：本發明之銅錯合物係可以發現 續性呈良好之發光強度。 、 [銅和氮原子間之距離] &lt;計算例1&gt; 作為實施例3之錯合物之模型係使用鋼原子丨原子、 式Aa2’ m表示之分子！分子，原子丨原^作為初期 324204 87 « 201249850 配置係將可以配位在包含於式Aa2，所表示之分子中之銅 原子之磷原子2個和氮原子1個以及峨原子1個全部，設 置在由銅原子開始之3. 0 A以内之距離，使用Gaussian之 3程式（D 0.2修正）之密度泛函數法，進行構造最適當化計 算。計算之結果係銅原子和氮原子之間之距離為2,16 A。 [發光元件之製作] 〈實施例11&gt; 在no附著之玻璃基板上，藉由旋轉塗佈，而以7〇nm 之厚度成膜聚（伸乙基二氧噻吩）/聚笨乙烯磺酸（Bayer公 司製、商品名稱：Bytron PA14083)之懸濁液，在加熱板上， 於200°C，進行1〇分鐘之乾燥。在其上，使用氯仿：丨，2一 二氯乙烷=2:1(重量比）之溶劑，藉由旋轉塗佈，以1〇〇〇rpm、 15秒鐘，旋轉地塗佈製備成為h丨重量％濃度之溶液，成 膜實施例1之錯合物，以1500rpm、60秒鐘，呈旋轉地塗 佈製備成為1. 1重量％濃度之溶液，成棋實施例丨之錯合 物，在100 C，乾燥20分鐘。接著，蒸鍍作為陰極之氟化 鋰lnm、最後是80nm之鋁，製作發光元件。藉由在得到之 發光元件，施加電壓，而在施加18伏特（v)之時，確認亮The measurement of the luminescence quantum efficiency was carried out as follows. The sample on the quartz substrate prepared by the above conditions was placed in the 'integral sphere' at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. The laser excitation light was 325 rnn, and the integration time was 300 ms by the cw light. The integration range is 315 to 335 nm and the PL wavelength integration range is from $390 to _ nra. Next, the luminescence quantum efficiency was calculated in accordance with the measurement and analysis of the soft program of the Sumitomo Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. The persistence of the luminescence intensity is obtained by dividing the luminescence quantum efficiency at the time point of the laser irradiation (10) seconds of each of the sample forests prepared in Examples 6 to 1 and 2, and dividing by the luminescence quantum efficiency immediately after the laser irradiation. Find the reduction rate. @ As a result, the reduction rates of the films (Examples 6 to 1) each prepared from the complexes of Examples 1 to 5 were 34%, 34%, 33%, ?%, and %, respectively. The reduction rate of the film prepared by the complex of Synthesis Example 1 (Comparative Example 1) was 66%. 1 糸 It is known from these results that the copper complex of the present invention can be found to have good luminescence intensity. [Distance between copper and nitrogen atoms] &lt;Calculation Example 1&gt; As a model of the complex of Example 3, a molecule represented by a steel atom 丨 atom and a formula Aa2' m was used! Molecule, atomic 丨原^ as the initial 324204 87 « 201249850 The configuration system will be able to coordinate two copper atoms and one nitrogen atom and one yttrium atom of the copper atom contained in the molecule represented by the formula Aa2. The most appropriate calculation of the structure is performed using the Gaussian 3 program (D 0.2 correction) density-spreading method at a distance of 3.0 A from the copper atom. The result of the calculation is that the distance between the copper atom and the nitrogen atom is 2,16 A. [Production of Light-Emitting Element] <Example 11> On a glass substrate to which no was adhered, a poly(ethylene dioxythiophene)/polystyrene sulfonic acid was formed by spin coating at a thickness of 7 Å. The suspension of Bayer Co., Ltd., trade name: Bytron PA14083) was dried on a hot plate at 200 ° C for 1 minute. On the above, a solvent of chloroform: hydrazine, 2 dichloroethane = 2:1 (weight ratio) was spin-coated, and was spin-coated at 1 rpm for 15 seconds to prepare h. a solution of the concentration of the 5% by weight solution, the complex of the film of Example 1, was rotatably applied at 1500 rpm for 60 seconds to prepare a solution having a concentration of 1.1% by weight. Dry at 100 C for 20 minutes. Next, aluminum fluoride as a cathode, lnm, and finally 80 nm of aluminum were vapor-deposited to prepare a light-emitting device. By applying a voltage to the obtained light-emitting element, it is confirmed that light is applied when 18 volts (v) is applied.

度為830cd/m2’在施加12V之時，確認發光效率為i.5cd/A 之黃色發光。 【圖式簡單說明】 無 【主要元件符號說明】 無 324204 88The degree of light was 830 cd/m2', and when the voltage was applied, it was confirmed that the luminous efficiency was yellow luminescence of i.5 cd/A. [Simple diagram description] None [Main component symbol description] None 324204 88

Claims (1)

201249850 七、申請專利範圍： 1. 一種銅錯合物，係以組成式（1)所表示： (Cu )(L1)a(L2)b(L3)c(X«)d (l) (在組成式中， L1係具有3個或4個選自由磷原子和可 基之含氮原子5員環中之氮原子所組成鮮缸：：代 為可以配位於相同之，.之中性原子之分子(惟:、：： 原子5員環中之可以配位於相同之j 係含氮原子5員環之數目）ι =原子之數目 同之W之中性原子中，2/ 有之可以配位於相 r「王原于宁，2個以上之原子 自由該磷原子所組成群組 磓盾’、，、 結SP3碳原子； 1個以上之鱗原子，並未鍵 作為可一 以配位於（V之原子及離子之總數係2個；，、 砷自由鱗原子、氮原子、氧原子、硫原子、 ===及硫陰離子所組成群級之原子或離子 作為可以配位於Cu之原子或離子 X1係陰離子； 乃子’ 以上It超過G.5之數；b、e及d係分別獨立地為0 在存在複數個之L1之狀能 相同或相異，在存在複數各個L1係可以μ 数個之L之狀態下，各個L2係 324204 1 201249850 可以互為相同或相異，在存在複數個之L3之狀態下， 各個L係可以互為相同或相異，在存在複數個之X1之 狀態下’各個X1係可以互為相同或相異）。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之銅錯合物，其中，在組成 式⑴中，L1係以下列之式（Aa)、（Ab)、（Ba)、（Bb)或 (Be)表示之分子； R2Aa R2Aa Q1Aa〆、Q2Aa〆、Q1Aa (Aa) (式中， Q1AMf、-P(R11Aa)2或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原 子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，R&quot;Aa係氫原子或 者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基，各個 ^心係可以互為相同或相異，各個〇143係可以互為相同 或相異； Q2Aa係-P( R22Aa)-或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮 原子5員環化合物除去2個氫原子之基，R22AY^、氫原子 或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基； 選自由2個Q1Aa* Q2Aa所組成群組之2個以上之各 基團係含有磷原子，選自由該磷原子所組成群組之1 個以上之磷原子並未鍵結sp3碳原子； R2Aa係碳原子數50以下之2價基或者是直接鍵，但 是，R2AaS直接鍵時’所鍵結之QUa為由可以具有取代 基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，或者 是所鍵結之Q2Aa為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環 324204 2 201249850 化合物除去2個氫原子之基，各個R2Aa係可以互為相同 或相異； 選自由R11Aa、R2w、R叫和由可以具.有取代基之含氮 原子5員環化合物除去丨個至2個氫原子之基所組成群 組之2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環）； Q1^ ^Q1Ab fb (Ab) Q1Ab (式中， Q係-?(1^&quot;“）2或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原 子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，RilAb係氫原子或 者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基，各個 R係可以互為相同或相異’各個Q1Ab係可以互為相同 或相異； 選自由3個Q1Ab所組成群組之2個以上之各基團係 含有磷原子’選自由該磷原子所組成群組之1個以上之 構源子並未鍵結sp3碳原子； R3Ab係碳原子數50以下之3價基； 選自由R11Ab、R3Ab和由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基所組成群組之2個以 上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環）； QlBa^V^V^-QlBa (Ββ) (式中， 324204 3 201249850 » Q 係、p(RUBa)2 或 θ 子5員環化合物除I二由::具有取:基之含氮原 ^係子數1至5G之烴基，各個 或相異；為相μ相異，各則、可以互為相同 儀、p(R22Ba、_ 十 原子〜合物除== 取二t含氮 或者是可^ ，、虱原子 個R2、可m u 碳原子數1至50之煙基，各 同或相異； 或相異，各個^係可以互為相 欠=由2個^和2個^所組成群組之2個以上 之各基團係冬古沒E7 上 ,, L 、3有4原子，選自由該磷原子所組成群組之 以^之磷原子並未鍵結Sp3碳原子； e R2Ba係碳原子數5〇以下之2價基或者是直接鍵，但 是，R2Ba為直接鍵時，所鍵結之Q〗Ba為由可以具有取代 基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去丨個氫原子之基，或者 是所鍵結之Q2Ba為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員枣 化合物除去2個氫原子之基，各個R2Ba係可以互為相同 或相異； 選自由RuBa、R22Ba、R2Ba和由可以具有取代基之含氡 原子5員環化合物除去1個或2個氫原子之基所組成群 組之2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環）； 324204 4 201249850 Q1$ ^,Q2Bb ^Q1Bb \R3Bb ^R2Bb (Bb) Q1Bb (式中， Q1BlWS-P(R11Bb)2或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮 原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，R11BNf、氫原子 或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基，各 個RUB1Mf可以互為相同或相異，各個Q1Bb係可以互為相 同或相異； Q2Bb係-P(R22Bb)-或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮 原子5員環化合物除去2個氫原子之基，R22BlWf、氫原子 或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數1至50之烴基，各 個R22Bb係可以互為相同或相異； 選自由3個Q1Bb* Q2Bb所組成群組之2個以上之各 基團係含有磷原子，選自由該磷原子所組成群組之1 個以上之填原子並未鍵結sp3碳原子； R2Bb係碳原子數50以下之2價基或直接鍵，但是， R2Bb為直接鍵時，所鍵結之卩181)為由可以具有取代基之 含氮原子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，或者是所 鍵結之Q2Bb為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環化合 物除去2個氫原子之基； R3Bb係碳原子數50以下之3價基； 選自由R11Bb、R22Bb、R2Bb、R3Bb和由可以具有取代基 之含氣原子5員環化合物除去1個或2個氫原子之基所 324204 5 201249850 組成群組之2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環）; R2B〇- Q1Bc (Be) Q-r2B〇-Q3^r2Bc-Q1BC (式中， Q1Bc係-P(RnBe)2或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原 子5員環化合物除去1個氫原子之基，R&quot;Be係氫原子或 者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數丨至5〇之烴基，各個 R係可以互為相同或相異，各個Q1Be係可以互為相同 或相異； Q3Be係磷原子或者是由可以具有取代基之含氮原子 5員環化合物除去3個氫原子之基； 選自由3個Q e和Q3Be所組成群組之2個以上之各 基團係含有彻子’選自由該磷原子所組成群組之i 個以上之填原子並未鍵結Sp3碳原子； β =係碳原子數50以下之2價基或者是直接鍵，但 是，严為直接鍵時，所鍵結之Q1B。為由可以具有取代 基之含氮原子5員環化合物除去丨個氫原子之基，或者 是所鍵結之(T為由可以具有取代基之含氮原子5員環 化合物除去3個氫原子之基，各個严係可以互為相同 或相異； 選自由d和由相具有取代基之含氛原子 5員環化合物除去丨编3似軒之基所組成群組之 2個以上之基係可以任意地鍵結而形成環）。 324204 6 201249850 3·如申請專利範圍第2項所述之銅錯合物，其中，選自由 式（Aa)中之R2Aa、式（Ba)中之f、式（Bb)中之Rm和式 (Be)中之R2Be所組成群組之1個以上之基，係分別獨立 地成為直接鍵，或者是以可以具有取代基之下列之式 rl至rl2之任何一種表示之2價基； r1 ^ r3201249850 VII. Scope of application: 1. A copper complex represented by composition formula (1): (Cu )(L1)a(L2)b(L3)c(X«)d (l) In the composition formula, L1 has three or four fresh cylinders selected from nitrogen atoms in a 5-membered ring of a phosphorus atom and a nitrogen-containing atom: a molecule which can be assigned to the same atomic atom. (Only:, :: The number of 5 ring members of the atomic 5-member ring can be assigned to the same j-type nitrogen-containing atom.) ι = the number of atoms is the same as the W-neutral atom, 2/ can be assigned to the phase r "Wang Yuan Yu Ning, two or more atoms free from the group of phosphorus atoms, 磓 shield',, and the end of the SP3 carbon atom; more than one scale atom, no key as a matchable (V The total number of atoms and ions is 2;, arsenic free squamous atoms, nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, === and sulfur anions are group-level atoms or ions as atoms or ions X1 that can be coordinated to Cu Anion; 乃子' The above It exceeds the number of G.5; b, e and d are each independently 0. In the presence of a plurality of L1, the same or Differently, in the state where a plurality of L1 systems can be plural L, each L2 system 324204 1 201249850 can be identical or different from each other, and in the state where there are a plurality of L3s, each L system can be identical to each other. Or, in the state in which a plurality of X1 are present, 'each X1 system may be the same or different from each other. 2. The copper complex according to claim 1, wherein in the composition formula (1) , L1 is a molecule represented by the following formula (Aa), (Ab), (Ba), (Bb) or (Be); R2Aa R2Aa Q1Aa〆, Q2Aa〆, Q1Aa (Aa) (wherein Q1AMf, -P (R11Aa) 2 is a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent, and the R&quot;Aa-based hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, each ^Heart systems can be identical or different from each other, and each 〇 143 series can be identical or different from each other; Q2Aa is -P(R22Aa)- or 2 hydrogen is removed from a nitrogen-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent A radical of a radical, R22AY^, a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent Two or more groups selected from the group consisting of two Q1Aa* Q2Aa groups contain a phosphorus atom, and one or more phosphorus atoms selected from the group consisting of the phosphorus atoms are not bonded to the sp3 carbon atom; R2Aa system A divalent group having a carbon number of 50 or less is a direct bond, but when R2AaS is directly bonded, the bonded Qa is a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a 5-membered ring compound having a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent, or The bonded Q2Aa is a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from a nitrogen-containing atomic ring member 324204 2 201249850 compound which may have a substituent, and each R2Aa system may be the same or different from each other; and R11Aa, R2w, R and Two or more groups of groups consisting of a group having a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound having a substituent and having two to two hydrogen atoms may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring); Q1^^Q1Ab Fb (Ab) Q1Ab (wherein, Q system-?(1^&quot;") 2 or a group of a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent, and a hydrogen atom is removed, and the RilAb is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and each R system may be Each of the Q1Ab lines may be identical or different from each other; two or more groups selected from the group consisting of three Q1Abs contain a phosphorus atom selected from the group consisting of the phosphorus atoms. One or more constitutive elements are not bonded to the sp3 carbon atom; R3Ab is a trivalent group having 50 or less carbon atoms; and R11Ab, R3Ab, and a nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent may be used to remove one hydrogen. Two or more groups of groups consisting of atoms may be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring); QlBa^V^V^-QlBa (Ββ) (wherein, 324204 3 201249850 » Q system, p(RUBa) 2 or θ 子 5 member ring compound except I 2 :: has a hydrocarbon group of 1 to 5 G of the nitrogen-containing protoplasm, each or different; for phase μ, each can be the same Instrument, p (R22Ba, _ ten atom ~ compound = = take two t containing nitrogen or can be ^, 虱 atom R2, can be mu carbon atom number 1 to 50 of the smoke base, the same or different; or Different, each ^ system can be mutually owed = two or more groups consisting of 2 ^ and 2 ^ groups are not on E7, L, 3 have 4 atoms, Freely, the phosphorus atom of the group consisting of phosphorus atoms is not bonded to the Sp3 carbon atom; e R2Ba is a divalent group having 5 or less carbon atoms or a direct bond, but when R2Ba is a direct bond, the bond is Q: Ba is a group in which a hydrogen atom is removed from a 5-membered ring compound having a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent, or the bonded Q2Ba is removed from a nitrogen-containing atom which can have a substituent. a group of hydrogen atoms, each R2Ba system may be the same or different from each other; consisting of RuBa, R22Ba, R2Ba and a group consisting of a 5-membered ring compound containing a ruthenium atom which may have a substituent to remove one or two hydrogen atoms Two or more groups of groups can be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring); 324204 4 201249850 Q1$ ^, Q2Bb ^Q1Bb \R3Bb ^R2Bb (Bb) Q1Bb (where Q1BlWS-P(R11Bb)2 or a group in which one hydrogen atom is removed from a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent, R11BNf, a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and each RUB1Mf may be the same or different from each other , each Q1Bb system can be the same or different from each other; Q 2Bb is -P(R22Bb)- or a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from a nitrogen atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent, R22B1Wf, a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent Each of the R22Bb groups may be the same or different from each other; two or more groups selected from the group consisting of three Q1Bb* Q2Bbs contain a phosphorus atom and are selected from one or more groups consisting of the phosphorus atoms. The atom-filling atom does not bond the sp3 carbon atom; R2Bb is a divalent group or a direct bond having a carbon number of 50 or less, but when R2Bb is a direct bond, the bonded 卩 181) is a nitrogen-containing atom which may have a substituent. The 5-membered ring compound removes one hydrogen atom group, or the bonded Q2Bb is a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from a nitrogen-containing atom 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent; R3Bb is a carbon atom number of 50 or less 3 a valent group; R11Bb, R22Bb, R2Bb, R3Bb, and a group of one or two hydrogen atoms removed by a gas atom-containing 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent 324204 5 201249850 Two or more groups of the group Can be arbitrarily bonded to form a ring); R2B〇- Q1B c (Be) Q-r2B〇-Q3^r2Bc-Q1BC (wherein Q1Bc is -P(RnBe) 2 or a group of a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent, and one hydrogen atom is removed, R&quot Be is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having a substituent of 丨 to 5 碳, and each R system may be the same or different from each other, and each Q1Be system may be the same or different from each other; Q3Be is a phosphorus atom or a group in which three hydrogen atoms are removed from a nitrogen-containing atom-membered 5-membered ring compound having a substituent; two or more groups selected from the group consisting of three Q e and Q3Be contain a radical selected from the phosphorus More than one atomic atom of the group consisting of atoms is not bonded to the Sp3 carbon atom; β = a valence group having a carbon number of 50 or less or a direct bond, but when strictly a direct bond, the bonded Q1B . A group which removes one hydrogen atom from a 5-membered ring compound having a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent, or is bonded (T is a 5-membered ring compound containing a nitrogen atom which may have a substituent, and 3 hydrogen atoms are removed. Bases, each of the strict lines may be the same or different from each other; the free radical d and the two-membered ring-containing compound containing the atomic atom having a substituent may be removed from the group consisting of two groups of the group Arbitrarily bonded to form a ring). 324204 6 201249850 3. The copper complex according to claim 2, wherein R2Aa in the formula (Aa), f in the formula (Ba), Rm in the formula (Bb), and One or more groups of the group consisting of R2Be in Be) are each independently a direct bond, or a divalent group represented by any one of the following formulas rl to rl2 which may have a substituent; r1 ^ r3 (式中， Y 係以-(C(R )2)mn-、-〇-、-S-、-N(R5°)-、-Si(R51)2_、 -〇(C(R51)2)Bm-或表示之 2 價基； Y2係以-(C(R5丨）2)mnl-、-〇-、-s_或_Si(R5i)2_表示之 2價基； mm係1至3之整數； R係可以具有取代基之碳原子數6至50之芳基； R51係氫原子或者是可以具有取代基之碳原子數i 至50之烴基，各個γ係可以互為相同或相異）。 4·如申請專利範圍第2項所述之銅錯合物，其中，在式（Aa) 中HR22Aa係分別獨立地為可以具有取代基之芳基。 5.如申凊專利範圍第2項所述之銅錯合物，其中，在式（Bc) 324204 201249850 中，RllBc係可以具有取代基之芳基。 申明專利範圍第1項所述之銅錯合物，其中，在組成 式（1)中，X1係函化物離子。 7.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之銅錯合物，其中，在組成 式（1)中，a係1.〇。 如申叫專利範圍第1項所述之銅錯合物，其中，在組成 式（1)中，b係〇。 9.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之銅錯合物，其中，在組成 式（1)中，c係〇。 ’如申睛專利範圍第1項所述之銅錯合物，其中，在組成 式（1)中，L1係具有1個以上之可以具有取代基之含氮 原子5員環化合物中之氮原子作為可以配位於cu+之中 性原子之分子，該氮原子和Cu+之距離係2· 40A以下。 U· 一種膜，係包含申請專利範圍第1項所述之銅錯合物。 12· 一種發光元件，係包含申請專利範圍第丨項所述之銅錯 合物。 3242〇4 201249850 四、指定代表圖： (一) 本案指定代表圖為：第（）圖。（本案無圖式) (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明：（無） 五、本案若有化學式時，請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式： (CuOCL^aCL^bCL^cCX^d (1) 324204 3(wherein Y is -(C(R)2)mn-, -〇-, -S-, -N(R5°)-, -Si(R51)2_, -〇(C(R51)2) Bm- or 2 valent groups; Y2 is a 2-valent group represented by -(C(R5丨)2)mnl-, -〇-, -s_ or _Si(R5i)2_; mm series 1 to 3 An integer of R: an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; a hydrogen atom of R51 or a hydrocarbon group having a number of carbon atoms i to 50 which may have a substituent, and each γ system may be the same or different from each other ). 4. The copper complex according to claim 2, wherein in the formula (Aa), the HR22Aa is independently an aryl group which may have a substituent. 5. The copper complex according to claim 2, wherein, in the formula (Bc) 324204 201249850, RllBc is an aryl group which may have a substituent. The copper complex according to claim 1, wherein in the formula (1), X1 is a functional ion. 7. The copper complex according to claim 1, wherein in the formula (1), a is 1. 〇. The copper complex according to claim 1, wherein in the formula (1), b is ruthenium. 9. The copper complex according to claim 1, wherein in the formula (1), c is ruthenium. The copper complex according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein, in the composition formula (1), the L1 system has one or more nitrogen atoms in a nitrogen-containing atomic 5-membered ring compound which may have a substituent. As a molecule which can be assigned to a cu+ neutral atom, the distance between the nitrogen atom and Cu+ is 2·40A or less. U. A film comprising the copper complex as described in claim 1 of the patent application. A light-emitting element comprising the copper complex described in the scope of the patent application. 3242〇4 201249850 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: (). (There is no picture in this case) (2) The symbol of the symbol of this representative figure is simple: (none) 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: (CuOCL^aCL^bCL^cCX^d ( 1) 324204 3
TW101114086A 2011-04-22 2012-04-20 Copper complex TW201249850A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011096208 2011-04-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201249850A true TW201249850A (en) 2012-12-16

Family

ID=47041636

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101114086A TW201249850A (en) 2011-04-22 2012-04-20 Copper complex

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5883711B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201249850A (en)
WO (1) WO2012144530A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106749400A (en) * 2017-02-14 2017-05-31 黑龙江大学 The multiple tooth double transmitting electroluminescent dyestuffs of phosphine coordination copper complex, synthetic method and its application
CN106810899A (en) * 2017-02-14 2017-06-09 黑龙江大学 The multiple tooth double transmitting electroluminescent dyestuffs of phosphine coordination copper complex, synthetic method and its application
CN106831874A (en) * 2017-02-15 2017-06-13 黑龙江大学 Thermal excitation delayed fluorescence material of main part based on phosphine heteroaryl derivative and its preparation method and application
CN106866731A (en) * 2017-02-14 2017-06-20 黑龙江大学 The multiple tooth double transmitting electroluminescent dyestuffs of phosphine coordination copper complex, synthetic method and its application

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6242782B2 (en) * 2014-01-21 2017-12-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Near-infrared absorbing composition, near-infrared cut filter and manufacturing method thereof, and camera module and manufacturing method thereof
KR102516052B1 (en) * 2015-09-16 2023-04-03 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Organometallic compound and organic light emitting device comprising the same

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102004046665A1 (en) * 2004-09-24 2006-07-27 Basf Ag Use of copper (I) complexes in organic light-emitting diodes
JP4764047B2 (en) * 2005-03-31 2011-08-31 キヤノン株式会社 Light emitting element
JP5352099B2 (en) * 2007-03-09 2013-11-27 住友化学株式会社 Redox catalyst using modified metal complex
JP2008303152A (en) * 2007-06-05 2008-12-18 Idemitsu Kosan Co Ltd New copper complex and organic electroluminescent device using the same
US8440826B2 (en) * 2007-06-22 2013-05-14 Basf Se Light emitting Cu (I) complexes
JP5521316B2 (en) * 2007-11-19 2014-06-11 住友化学株式会社 Polynuclear complex
DE102008048336A1 (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-03-25 Merck Patent Gmbh Mononuclear neutral copper (I) complexes and their use for the production of optoelectronic devices
CN101747375B (en) * 2008-12-08 2013-08-14 中国科学院福建物质结构研究所 Cooper (I) phosphorescent complexes using 8-phosphinoquinoline derivative as ligand and application thereof
JP5746915B2 (en) * 2010-05-31 2015-07-08 住友化学株式会社 Film containing silver complex

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106749400A (en) * 2017-02-14 2017-05-31 黑龙江大学 The multiple tooth double transmitting electroluminescent dyestuffs of phosphine coordination copper complex, synthetic method and its application
CN106810899A (en) * 2017-02-14 2017-06-09 黑龙江大学 The multiple tooth double transmitting electroluminescent dyestuffs of phosphine coordination copper complex, synthetic method and its application
CN106866731A (en) * 2017-02-14 2017-06-20 黑龙江大学 The multiple tooth double transmitting electroluminescent dyestuffs of phosphine coordination copper complex, synthetic method and its application
CN106810899B (en) * 2017-02-14 2020-11-17 黑龙江大学 Multidentate phosphine-coordinated copper complex dual-emission electroluminescent dye, and synthesis method and application thereof
CN106749400B (en) * 2017-02-14 2021-05-14 黑龙江大学 Multidentate phosphine-coordinated copper complex dual-emission electroluminescent dye, and synthesis method and application thereof
CN106831874A (en) * 2017-02-15 2017-06-13 黑龙江大学 Thermal excitation delayed fluorescence material of main part based on phosphine heteroaryl derivative and its preparation method and application
CN106831874B (en) * 2017-02-15 2019-04-05 黑龙江大学 Thermal excitation delayed fluorescence material of main part based on phosphine heteroaryl derivative and its preparation method and application

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2012232977A (en) 2012-11-29
JP5883711B2 (en) 2016-03-15
WO2012144530A1 (en) 2012-10-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3000816B1 (en) A first device comprising iridium complexes with aza-benzo fused ligands
TW201249850A (en) Copper complex
Chang et al. Rational design of asymmetric red fluorescent probes for live cell imaging with high AIE effects and large two-photon absorption cross sections using tunable terminal groups
CN106661037B (en) Nitrogenous fused ring compound and the organic luminescent device using it
Inomata et al. High-efficiency organic electrophosphorescent diodes using 1, 3, 5-triazine electron transport materials
CN103492383B (en) Materials for organic electroluminescent devices
TWI241150B (en) Light-emitting device
Li et al. Difluoroboron-enabled thermally activated delayed fluorescence
TW200904820A (en) Blue phosphorescent imidazophenanthridine materials
Ward et al. Exploiting trifluoromethyl substituents for tuning orbital character of singlet and triplet states to increase the rate of thermally activated delayed fluorescence
TW201132627A (en) Carbazole compound and use thereof
TW200305633A (en) Metal complexes and organic electro luminescence elements
CN106795428A (en) For platinum (II) emitter of OLED applications
WO2018236092A1 (en) Organic optoelectronic diode and display device
TW200831637A (en) Improved stability OLED materials and devices
TW200844211A (en) Benzotriazole compound-containing composition and light-emitting device using the composition
WO2007069542A1 (en) Transition metal complex compound and organic electroluminescence device making use of the same
TW201035105A (en) Luminescent silver complexes
Gu et al. Excited-state lifetime modulation by twisted and tilted molecular design in carbene-metal-amide photoemitters
WO2007058104A1 (en) Metal complex compounds and organic electroluminescent devices made by using the same
JP7227704B2 (en) Organometallic compounds, organic light-emitting devices containing the same, and diagnostic compositions containing the same
CN109906225A (en) Organic compound and organic electroluminescent device comprising it
TW200848410A (en) Pyrimidine compound-containing composition and light-emitting device using the composition
Klemens et al. A family of solution processable ligands and their Re (I) complexes towards light emitting applications
TW201009041A (en) Composition and light-emitting device using the same composition